’99 AVALON (USA/CANADA)- U
i
Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of value- conscious people who drive Toyotas. We
are proud of the advanced engineering and quality construction of each vehicle we
build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the features of your new Toyota. Please read it and
follow the instructions carefully so that you can enjoy many years of safe motoring.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle
best and is interested in your complete satisfaction. He will provide quality mainte-
nance and any other assistance you may require.
Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next
owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of
printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of continual product improve-
ment, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment,
including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment
not installed on your vehicle.
1999 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in
part, without the written permission of Toyota Motor Corporation.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
1
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument cluster overview 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
-
1
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
2
1. Side vents
2. Side defroster outlets
3. Garage door opener
4. Center vents
5. Electric moon roof switch and/or front
interior light, and front personal lights,
auxiliary box
6. Power door lock switches
7. Power window switches
8. Auxiliary boxes
9. Glove box
10. Trunk opener cancel switch
11. Coin holder
12. Rear console vents
13. Power outlet (115 VAC)
14. Power outlet (12 VDC)
15. Cup holder
16. Automatic transmission selector lever
17. Hood lock release lever
18. Parking brake pedal
19. Window lock switch
Instrument panel overview
With bucket front seat
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
3
1. Power rear view mirror control switch
2. Headlight and turn signal switch and
front fog light switch
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Emergency flasher switch
5. Car audio
6. Air conditioning controls
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defoggers switch
8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
9. Seat heater switches
10. Ignition switch
11. Power outlet main switch
12. Vehicle skid control system off switch
13. Cruise control switch
14. Tilt steering lock release lever
15. Trunk lid opener switch
16. Instrument panel light control knob
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
4
1. Side vents
2. Side defroster outlets
3. Automatic transmission selector lever
4. Garage door opener
5. Center vents
6. Electric moon roof switch and/or front
interior light, and front personal lights,
auxiliary box
7. Power door lock switches
8. Power window switches
9. Auxiliary boxes
10. Glove box
11. Coin holder
12. Cup holder
13. Trunk opener cancel switch
14. Hood lock release lever
15. Parking brake pedal
16. Window lock switch
With bench type front seat
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
5
1. Power rear view mirror control switch
2. Headlight and turn signal switch and
front fog light switch
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Emergency flasher switch
5. Car audio
6. Air conditioning controls
7. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defoggers switch
8. Seat heater switches
9. Cigarette lighter and ashtray
10. Power outlet (115 VAC)
11. Power outlet (12 VDC)
12. Ignition switch
13. Power outlet main switch
14. Vehicle skid control system off switch
15. Cruise control switch
16. Tilt steering lock release lever
17. Trunk lid opener switch
18. Instrument panel light control knob
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
6
1. Engine coolant temperature gauge
2. Tachometer
3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights
4. Speedometer
5. Odometer and two trip meters
6. Clock
7. Outside temperature gauge
8. “ADJ” button
∗
9. “MODE” button
∗
10. “ODO/TRIP” button
11. Fuel gauge
∗
: This button is used to adjust the clock. For details, see “Clock” in Section 1-9.
Instrument cluster overview
Type A
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
7
1. Engine coolant temperature gauge
2. Tachometer
3. Service reminder indicators and
indicator lights
4. Speedometer
5. Clock
6. Outside temperature gauge
7. Multi- information display
8. “LIGHT” button
∗
9. “MODE” button
∗
10. “RESET/ADJ” button
∗
11. “DISPLAY” button
∗
12. Odometer and two trip meters
13. “ODO/TRIP” button
14. Fuel gauge
∗
: This button is used to operate the multi- information display. For details, see “Multi-information display—” in Section 1-5.
Type B
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
8
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel
Brake system warning light
∗
1
Driver’s seat belt reminder light
∗
1
Discharge warning light
∗
1
Malfunction indicator lamp
∗
1
Low oil pressure warning light
∗
1
(type A)
(type B)
Low fuel level warning light
∗
1
Anti- lock brake system warning light
∗
1
(type A)
(type B)
Open door warning light
∗
1
Rear light failure warning light
∗
1
SRS warning light
∗
1
Low windshield washer fluid level warning light
∗
1
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
∗
1
Vehicle skid control system warning light
∗
1
Vehicle skid control system off indicator light
∗
1
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
9
Cruise control indicator light
∗
2
Automatic transmission indicator lights
Slip indicator light
∗
1
: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers” in Section 1-5.
∗
2
: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1-6.
Overdrive- off indicator light
Headlight high beam indicator light
Turn signal indicator lights
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
10
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
11
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
SECTION
1
-
2
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
12
Keys 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
13
Engine immobiliser system 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
14
Side doors 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
15
Power windows 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
16
Trunk lid 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
17
Hood 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
18
Theft deterrent system 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
19
Fuel tank cap 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
20
Electric moon roof 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
21
Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys.
1. Master key—This key works in every
lock.
2. Sub key—This key will not work in the
glove box and trunk.
To protect things locked in the glove box
or trunk when you have your vehicle
parked, leave the sub key with the atten-
dant.
Since the doors and trunk lid can be
locked without a key, you should always
carry a spare master key in case you
accidentally lock your keys inside the ve-
hicle.
KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend you to write down the key
number and keep it in safe place.
Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys.
Master key (black)—This key works in ev-
ery lock. Your Toyota dealer will need it
to make you a new key with built-in
transponder chip.
Sub key (gray)—This key will not work in
the glove box and trunk.
A transponder chip for engine immobiliser
system has been filled in the head of the
master and sub keys. These chips are
needed to enable the system to function
correctly, so be careful not to lose these
keys. If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system
or start the engine.
Keys (without engine
immobiliser system)
Keys (with engine
immobiliser system)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
22
To protect things locked in the glove box
or trunk when you have your vehicle
parked, leave the sub key with the atten-
dant.
Since the doors and trunk lid can be
locked without a key, you should always
carry a spare master key in case you
accidentally lock your keys inside the ve-
hicle.
NOTICE
When using a key containing a trans-
ponder chip, observe the following
precautions:
When starting the engine, do not
use the key with a key ring resting
on the key grip and do not press
the key ring against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts.
When starting the engine, do not
use the key with other transponder
keys around (including keys of oth-
er vehicles) and do not press other
key plates against the key grip.
Otherwise the engine may not start,
or may stop soon after it starts. If
this happens, remove the key once
and then insert it again after taking
off other transponder keys (includ-
ing keys of other vehicles) from the
ring or while gripping or covering
them with your hand to start the
engine.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
23
Do not bend the key grip.
Do not cover the key grip with any
material that cuts off electromagnet-
ic waves.
Do not knock the key hard against
other objects.
Do not leave the key exposed to
high temperatures for a long period,
such as on the dashboard and hood
under the direct sunlight.
Do not put the key in water or
wash it in an ultrasonic washer.
Do not use the key with electromag-
netic materials.
KEY NUMBER PLATE
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend you to write down the key
number and keep it in safe place.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
24
Engine immobiliser system
The engine immobiliser system is a
theft prevention system. When you in-
sert the key in the ignition switch, the
transponder chip in the key’s head
transmits an electronic code to the ve-
hicle. The engine will start, only when
the electronic code in the chip corre-
sponds to the registered ID code for
the vehicle.
The system is automatically set when the
key is removed from the ignition switch.
The indicator light will start flashing every
1 second to show the system is set.
If either of the following indicator condi-
tions occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.
The indicator light stays on except
when the theft deterrent system is set-
ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrent
system”.)
The indicator light does not start flash-
ing when the key is removed from the
ignition switch.
The indicator light flashes unsteady.
Inserting the registered key in the ignition
switch automatically cancels the system,
which enables the engine to start. The
indicator light will go off.
For your Toyota dealer to make you a
new key with built- in transponder chip,
your dealer will need your key number
and master key. However, there is a limit
to the number of additional keys your
Toyota dealer can make for you.
If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the sys-
tem or start the engine.
NOTICE
Do not modify, remove or disas-
semble the engine immobiliser sys-
tem. If any unauthorized changes or
modifications are made, the proper
operation of the system cannot be
guaranteed.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
25
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
FCC ID: MOZ RI- 4ETY
MADE IN JAPAN
FCC ID: NT8- 15607YU3FXCVR
MADE IN CANADA
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, includ-
ing interference that may cause unde-
sired operation.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party respon-
sible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equip-
ment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
Side doors—
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
it.
To lock: Turn the key forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward.
All the doors lock and unlock simulta-
neously with either front door. In the driv-
er’s door lock, turning the key once will
unlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-
cession will unlock all the doors simulta-
neously.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
26
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH
INSIDE LOCK KNOB
Move the lock knob.
To lock: Push the knob forward.
To unlock: Pull the knob backward.
The driver’s door can be opened by pull-
ing the inside door lever even if the lock
knob is depressed.
Closing the door with the lock knob in the
lock position will also lock the door. Be
careful not to lock your keys in the ve-
hicle.
The door cannot be locked if you leave
the key in the ignition switch.
If the vehicle is subjected to a severe
frontal, rear or side impact with the igni-
tion switch turned to the “ON” position, all
doors will unlock automatically after a few
seconds.
Driver’s side
Passenger’s side
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
27
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
Push the switch.
To lock: Push the switch on the front side.
To unlock: Push the switch on the rear
side.
All the doors lock or unlock simultaneous-
ly.
Auto door locking function: All doors
will lock automatically when the shift lever
is moved out of “P” position and the brake
pedal is released after all doors are
closed and the ignition switch is turned to
the “ON” position. This auto door locking
function is operable only once after the
ignition switch is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion.
All doors can still be locked manually and
this auto door locking function can be dis-
abled. Consult your Toyota dealer, for de-
tails.
REAR DOOR CHILD- PROTECTORS
Turn the lock knob to the “LOCK” posi-
tion as shown on the label.
This feature allows you to lock a rear
door so it can be opened from the outside
only, not from inside. We recommend us-
ing this feature whenever small children
are in the vehicle.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the doors
are closed and locked, especially
when small children are in the ve-
hicle. Along with the proper use of
seat belts, locking the doors helps
prevent the driver and passengers
from being thrown out from the ve-
hicle during an accident. It also helps
prevent the doors from being opened
unintentionally.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
28
—Wireless remote control
Locking operation
Unlocking operation
Your vehicle has a wireless remote
control system that can lock or unlock
all the doors, or open the trunk lid
from a distance within approximately 1
m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE
DOORS
To lock or unlock all the doors, push
the “LOCK” switch or “UNLOCK”
switch of the transmitter slowly and
securely.
To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All the
doors are locked simultaneously. At this
time one beep will be heard, parking
lights, side marker lights, license plate
lights and tail lights flash once.
Check to see that the doors are securely
locked.
If any of the doors is not securely closed,
or if the key is in the ignition switch,
locking cannot be performed by the
“LOCK” switch and a beep will sound con-
tinuously for 10 seconds.
To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switch
once to unlock the driver’s door alone.
Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds
unlocks all the doors simultaneously. Each
time the “UNLOCK” switch is pushed, two
beeps will be heard, and the parking
lights, side marker lights, license plate
lights and tail lights flash twice.
If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,
unlocking cannot be performed by the
“UNLOCK” switch.
You have 30 seconds to open a door after
using the wireless remote unlock feature.
If a door is not opened by then, all the
doors will be automatically locked again.
If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is kept
pressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-
tion is not repeated. Release the button
and then push again.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
29
OPENING THE TRUNK LID
To open the trunk lid, push the trunk
lid open switch of the transmitter slow-
ly and surely. A long beep will sound.
If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,
the trunk lid cannot be opened by the
trunk lid open switch.
To open the trunk lid with the master key,
see “Trunk lid” in this section.
“PANIC” SWITCH
Pushing the “PANIC” switch for 2 sec-
onds blows the horn intermittently and
flashes the headlight, tail light and
front interior light.
The “PANIC” switch is used to deter ve-
hicle theft when you witness anyone at-
tempting to break into or damage your
vehicle.
The alarm will last for one minute. To stop
alarm midway, do the following:
Push the “PANIC” switch once again.
Unlock any doors with the key or wire-
less remote control transmitter.
Open the trunk with the key or wireless
remote control transmitter.
Turn the key from the “LOCK” to “ON”
position.
The “PANIC” mode does not work when
the ignition key is in the “ON” position.
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL
TRANSMITTER
The wireless remote control transmitter is
an electronic component. Observe the fol-
lowing instructions in order not to cause
damage to the transmitter.
Do not leave the transmitter on places
where the temperature becomes high
such as on the dashboard.
Do not disassemble it.
Avoid knocking it hard against other
objects or dropping it.
Avoid putting it in water.
You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-
trol transmitters for the same vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed
information.
If the wireless remote control transmitter
does not actuate the doors or trunk lid, or
operate from a normal distance:
Check for closeness to a radio trans-
mitter such as a radio station or an
airport which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
30
The battery may have been consumed.
Check the battery in the transmitter. To
replace the battery, see following “RE-
PLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY”.
REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY
For replacement, use a CR2016 lithium
battery or equivalent.
CAUTION
Special care should be taken that
small children do not swallow the re-
moved transmitter battery or compo-
nents.
NOTICE
When replacing the transmitter bat-
tery, be careful not to lose the com-
ponents.
Replace the transmitter battery by the fol-
lowing procedures:
1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the
transmitter case.
2. Push the edge of the discharged trans-
mitter battery and lift it out as shown
in the above illustration.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
31
3. Put a new transmitter battery with posi-
tive (+) side up.
Close the transmitter case securely.
NOTICE
Make sure the positive side and
negative side of the transmitter bat-
tery should be faced correctly.
Be careful not to bend the electrode
of the transmitter battery insertion
and that dust or oils do not adhere
to the transmitter case.
Close the transmitter case securely.
After replacing battery, check that the
transmitter operates properly. If the trans-
mitter still does not operate properly, con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
If you lose your transmitter, contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
avoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-
dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-
mote control transmitter” in Section 4.)
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protec-
tion against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instruc-
tions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there
is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interfer-
ence to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is en-
couraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following
measures:
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
32
-Reorient or relocate the receiving an-
tenna.
- Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to which
the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party respon-
sible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equip-
ment.
Power windows
The windows can be operated with the
switch on each door.
The power windows work when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position.
Key off operation: All windows work for
about 43 seconds even after the ignition
switch is turned off. When either front
door is opened then closed, you cannot
operate the power window.
OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
Use the switch on the driver’s door.
Normal operation: The window moves as
long as you hold the switch.
To open: Lightly push down the switch.
To close: Lightly pull up the switch.
Automatic operation: Push the switch
completely down or pull it completely up,
and then release it. The window will fully
open or close. To stop the window part-
way, lightly move the switch in the oppo-
site direction and then release it.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
33
Jam protection function: During automat-
ic closing operation or key off closing op-
eration, the window stops and opens half
way if something gets caught between the
window and window frame.
If the window receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.
CAUTION
Never try jamming any part of your
body to make the jam protection
function work intentionally.
The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the window fully closed.
Window
lock switch
OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’
WINDOWS
Use the switches on the passengers’
doors. The driver’s door also has
switches that control the passengers’
windows.
The window moves as long as you hold
the switch.
To open: Push down the switch.
To close: Pull up the switch.
If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows
cannot be operated.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
34
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.
Always make sure the head, hands
and other parts of the body of all
occupants are kept completely in-
side the vehicle before you close
the power windows. If someone’s
neck, head or hands gets caught in
a closing window, it could result in
a serious injury. When anyone
closes the power windows, be sure
that they operate the windows safe-
ly.
When small children are in the ve-
hicle, never let them use the power
window switches without supervi-
sion. Use the window lock switch to
prevent them from making unex-
pected use of the switches.
Never leave small children alone in
the vehicle, especially with the igni-
tion key still inserted. They could
use the power window switches and
get trapped in a window. Unat-
tended children can become in-
volved in serious accidents.
Trunk lid (type A)—
To open the trunk lid from the outside,
insert the master key and turn it clock-
wise.
See “Luggage stowage precautions” in
Section 2 for precautions to observe for
loading luggage.
To close the trunk lid, lower it and press
down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try
pulling it up to make sure it is securely
closed.
CAUTION
Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-
ing. This not only keeps the luggage
from being thrown out but also pre-
vents exhaust gases from entering
the vehicle.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
35
—Lock release lever
To open the trunk lid from the driver’s
seat, pull up on the lock release lever.
—Luggage security system
This system deactivates the lock re-
lease switch so that things locked in
the trunk can be protected.
After closing the trunk lid, insert the
master key and turn it counterclockwise
to deactivate the lock release lever.
After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up
to make sure it is securely locked.
Trunk lid (type B)—
To open the trunk lid from the outside,
insert the master key and turn it clock-
wise.
See “Luggage stowage precautions” in
Section 2 for precautions to observe for
loading luggage.
To close the trunk lid, lower it and press
down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try
pulling it up to make sure it is securely
closed.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
36
CAUTION
Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-
ing. This not only keeps the luggage
from being thrown out but also pre-
vents exhaust gases from entering
the vehicle.
—Lock release switch
To open the trunk lid from the driver’s
seat, push the lock release switch.
—Trunk opener cancel switch
Activate Cancel
If you do not want to activate the trunk
lid opener system, turn off the trunk
opener cancel switch in the glove box.
To turn it on, push in the trunk opener
cancel switch.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
37
—Luggage security system
This system helps protect things locked
in the trunk by safeguarding the lock
release switch from unwanted access.
After closing the glove box lid, insert
the master key into the glove box lock
and turn it clockwise to safeguard the
lock release switch.
After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up
to make sure it is securely locked.
Hood
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The
hood will spring up slightly.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the hood
is closed and securely locked. Other-
wise, the hood may open unexpected-
ly while driving and an accident may
occur.
2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
auxiliary catch lever and lift the
hood.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. Then lower the hood and make sure
it locks into place. If necessary, press
down gently on the front edge to lock it.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
38
Theft deterrent system
To deter the vehicle theft, the system
is designed to give an alarm if any of
the doors, trunk or hood is forcibly un-
locked or the battery terminal is discon-
nected and then reconnected when the
vehicle is locked.
The alarm blows the horn intermittently
and flashes the headlight, tail lights and
interior lights. If any of the doors are
unlocked and the ignition switch is not in
the ignition switch, all the doors will be
automatically locked.
SETTING THE SYSTEM
1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”
position and remove it.
The indicator light will start flashing every
1 second when the key is removed from
the ignition switch. (See “Engine
immobiliser system” for details.)
2. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle.
3. Close and lock all the doors, trunk and
hood.
The indicator light will come on when all
the doors, trunk and hood are closed and
locked.
The system will automatically be set after
30 seconds. When the system is set, the
indicator light will start flashing again.
4. After making sure the indicator light
starts flashing, you may leave the ve-
hicle.
Never leave anyone in the vehicle when
you set the system, because unlocking
from the inside will activate the system.
WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET
Activating the system
The system will give the alarm under the
following conditions:
If any of the doors is unlocked or if
the trunk or hood is forcibly opened
without the key or wireless remote con-
trol transmitter
If the battery terminal is disconnected
and then reconnected
Hotwire the ignition.
The indicator light will come on when the
system is activating.
If any of the door is unlocked without the
key or wireless remote control transmitter
and the key is not in the ignition switch,
all the doors will be automatically locked
again.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
39
After one minute, the alarm will automati-
cally stop and the indicator light will start
flashing again.
Reactivating the alarm
Once set, the system automatically resets
the alarm after the alarm stops.
The alarm will activate again under the
same circumstances described in
“Activating the system”.
Stopping the alarm
The alarm will be stopped by the following
three ways:
Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK”
to “ON” position.
Unlock any of the doors with the key
or wireless remote control transmitter.
Open the trunk with the key or wireless
remote control transmitter.
CANCELLING THE SYSTEM
The system will be cancelled by the
above mentioned 3 ways.
If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,
the theft deterrent system has been
alarmed. Check to see if there is any
abnormality on your vehicle.
TESTING THE SYSTEM
1. Open all the windows.
2. Set the system as described above.
The doors should be locked with the
key or wireless remote control transmit-
ter. Be sure to wait until the indicator
light starts flashing.
3. Unlock any door from the inside. The
system should activate the alarm.
4. Stopping the alarm as described above.
5. Repeat this operation for the other
doors, trunk and hood. When testing on
the hood, also check that the system
is activated when the battery terminal
is disconnected and then reconnected.
If the system does not work properly,
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
Fuel tank cap
1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
lever up.
When refueling, turn off the engine.
CAUTION
Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
low open flames when refueling.
The fumes are flammable.
When opening the cap, do not re-
move the cap quickly. In hot weath-
er, fuel under pressure could cause
injury by spraying out of the filler
neck if the cap is suddenly re-
moved.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
40
2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
the cap slowly counterclockwise,
then pause slightly before removing
it. After removing the cap, hang it
on the cap hanger.
It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
when the cap is opened. When installing,
turn the cap clockwise till you hear a
click.
If the cap is not tightened securely, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Make sure the cap is tightened se-
curely to prevent fuel spillage in
case of an accident.
Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank
cap for replacement. It has a built-
in check valve to reduce fuel tank
vacuum.
Electric moon roof
Sliding operation
Tilting operation
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
41
To operate the moon roof, use the
switches beside the interior light.
The moon roof works when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position. However,
if all the front doors are closed, it works
for about 43 seconds even after the igni-
tion switch is turned off. It stops working
when either of the front doors is opened.
Sun shade operation—
The sun shade can be opened or closed
by hand.
Sliding operation—
To open: Push the switch on the “SLIDE
OPEN” side.
The roof will open and stop partway 10
mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened posi-
tion. When you push “SLIDE OPEN” side
again, the moon roof will open fully. To
stop the roof partway, push the same side
or “TILT UP” side while the roof is mov-
ing.
As driving with the moon roof opened fully
will cause wind throbs, we recommend
you to drive with the moon roof partway
10 mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened
position.
The sun shade will be opened together
with the roof.
To close: Push the switch on the “TILT
UP” side.
The roof will fully close. To stop the roof
partway, push the switch on either the
“SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP” side briefly.
Tilting operation—
To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILT
UP” side.
To lower: Push the switch on the “SLIDE
OPEN” side.
You may stop the moon roof at any de-
sired position. The roof will move while
the switch is being pushed and stop when
released.
Jam protection function (closing opera-
tion only): During closing operation, the
moon roof stops and opens half way if
something gets caught between the moon
roof and frame.
If the moon roof receives a strong impact,
this function may work even if nothing is
caught.
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury, you
must do the following.
While the vehicle is moving, always
keep the head, hands and other
parts of the body of all occupants
away from the roof opening. Other-
wise, you could be seriously injured
if the vehicle stops suddenly or if
the vehicle is involved in an acci-
dent.
Always make sure nobody places
his/her head, hands and other parts
of the body in the roof opening be-
fore you close the roof. If some-
one’s neck, head or hands gets
caught in the closing roof, it could
result in a serious injury. When
anyone closes the roof, first make
sure it is safe to do so.
Never leave small children alone in
the vehicle, especially with the igni-
tion key still inserted. They could
use the moon roof switches and get
trapped in the roof opening. Unat-
tended children can become in-
volved in serious accidents.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
42
Never sit on top of the vehicle
around the roof opening.
Never try jamming any part of your
body to make the jam protection
function work intentionally.
The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the moon roof is fully
closed.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
43
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
44
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Seats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and Mirrors
SECTION
1
-
3
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
45
Seats 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
46
Front seats 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
47
Driving position memory system 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
48
Trunk storage extension 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
49
Head restraints 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
50
Armrest 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
51
Seat heaters 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
52
Seat belts 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
53
SRS driver and front passenger airbags 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
54
SRS side airbags 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
55
Child restraint 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
56
Tilt steering wheel 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
57
Outside rear view mirrors 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
58
Anti- glare inside rear view mirror 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
59
Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
60
Sun visors 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
61
Seats
While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-
hicle occupants should have the seatback
upright, sit well back in the seat and prop-
erly wear the seat belts provided.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle unless the
occupants are properly seated. Do
not allow sitting on top of a
folded- down seatback, or in the
luggage compartment. Persons not
properly seated and/or properly re-
strained by seat belts can be se-
verely injured in the event of emer-
gency braking or a collision.
During driving, do not allow pas-
sengers to stand up or move
around between seats. Severe inju-
ries can occur in the event of emer-
gency braking or a collision.
CAUTION
The SRS side airbags are installed in
the driver and front passenger seats.
Observe the following precautions.
Do not lean against the front door
when the vehicle is in use. The side
airbag inflates with considerable
speed and force; you may be killed
or seriously injured.
Do not modify or replace the seats
or surface of the front seats with
the side airbags. Such changes may
disable the system or cause the
side airbags to inflate, resulting in
death or serious injury. Consult
your Toyota dealer.
Do not use accessories for the
seats which cover the parts where
the side airbags should inflate.
Such accessories may prevent the
side airbags from activating correct-
ly, causing death or serious injury.
—Seat adjustment precautions
Adjust the driver’s seat so that the foot
pedals, steering wheel and instrument
panel controls are within easy reach of
the driver.
CAUTION
Adjustments should not be made
while the vehicle is moving, as the
seat may unexpectedly move and
cause the driver to lose control of
the vehicle.
When adjusting the seat, be careful
not to hit the seat against a pas-
senger or luggage.
After adjusting the seat position,
try sliding it forward and backward
to make sure it is locked in posi-
tion.
After adjusting the seatback, exert
body pressure to make sure it is
locked in position.
Front seats—
—Front seat precautions
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
62
Do not put objects under the seats.
The objects may interfere with the
seat- lock mechanism or unexpect-
edly push up the seat position ad-
justing lever; the seat may suddenly
move, causing the driver to lose
control of the vehicle.
While adjusting the seat, do not put
your hands under the seat or near
the moving parts. You may catch
and injure your hands or fingers.
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
Pull the lever up. Then slide the seat
to the desired position with slight body
pressure and release the lever.
2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING
LEVER
Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision, avoid
reclining the seatback any more than
needed. The seat belts provide maxi-
mum protection in a frontal or rear
collision when the driver and the pas-
senger are sitting up straight and
well back in the seats. If you are
reclined, the lap belt may slide past
your hips and apply restraint forces
directly to the abdomen. Therefore, in
the event of a frontal collision, the
risk of personal injury may increase
with increasing recline of the seat-
back.
—Adjusting front seats
(manual seat)
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
63
3. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTING
KNOB
Turn the knob either way.
1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHION
ANGLE ADJUSTING SWITCH
Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seat at
that position.
Do not place anything under the front
seats. It might interfere with the seat- lock
mechanism.
2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING
SWITCH
Move the control switch in the desired
direction.
Releasing the switch will stop the seat-
back at that position.
—Adjusting front seats
(power seat)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
64
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of sliding under
the lap belt during a collision, avoid
reclining the seatback any more than
needed. The seat belts provide maxi-
mum protection in frontal or rear col-
lision when the driver and the pas-
senger are sitting up straight and
well back in the seats. If you are
reclined, the lap belt may slide past
your hips and apply restraint forces
directly to the abdomen. Therefore, in
the event of a frontal collision, the
risk of personal injury may increase
with increasing recline of the seat-
back.
3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT
ADJUSTING SWITCH
Push the control switch on either way.
The amount of lumber support will change
as long as the switch is pushed.
The micro computer can memorize the
position of the driver’s seat and outside
rear view mirror. Two different driving
position profiles can be entered into
computer’s memory.
Recording a driving position in the
computer’s memory can only be done
when the ignition key is in the “ON”
position and the automatic transmission
selector lever is in the “P” position.
SETTING A DRIVING POSITION
1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside
rear view mirror to the desired posi-
tion.
2. While pushing the “SET” button,
push button “1” or “2” until the sig-
nal beeps.
The beep sound means that the positions
are recorded in the computer’s memory.
By repeating these two steps and pressing
the remaining button, the driving position
for another driver can be recorded.
To set a new memorized position, select
the desired position and perform step 2.
The previous memory will be erased and
the new position will be set.
Driving position memory
system
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
65
To make only slight changes to an already
memorized position, the easiest way is to
first activate the memorized position, then
make the desired changes and perform
step 2 above.
ACTIVATING A MEMORIZED POSITION
When you push button “1” or “2”, the
driving position will be automatically
adjusted to the position recorded for
that button.
CONDITIONS FOR MEMORIZED
POSITION ACTIVATION
Ignition key “ON” and shift lever in “P”
position
All parts of the memorized positions
can be activated. However, if the brake
pedal is being depressed, the seat
position will not change.
Key not in ignition switch and within 30
seconds of opening driver’s door
The memorized position can be acti-
vated.
If any driving position memory switch is
pushed while one of the memorized driv-
ing position profiles is being activated, the
operation will stop.
To reactivate the system, push the desired
button (“1” or “2”) again.
The driving position memory control sys-
tem cannot be operated while the vehicle
is moving.
If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected,
the computer’s memory will be erased and
the memorized position will have to be set
again.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
66
CAUTION
Do not start the vehicle while the
adjustment are being made.
Take care not to select the wrong
button, or the seat could strike the
rear passenger or hit your body
against the steering wheel. If this
happens, you can stop the move-
ment by pressing another driving
position memory switch, or de-
pressing the brake pedal.
Trunk storage extension
1. Pull down the center armrest in the
rear seat.
2. Push down the handle of the armrest
door and open the armrest door.
See ”Luggage stowage precautions” in
Section 2 for precautions to observe for
loading luggage.
CAUTION
Be sure to close the door when the
trunk storage extension is not in use.
Luggage or cargo in the trunk may be
thrown into the passenger compart-
ment in a sudden stop or crash re-
sulting in injury.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
67
Head restraints
Front
Rear
For your safety and comfort, adjust the
head restraint before driving.
To raise: Pull it up.
To lower: Push it down while pressing the
lock release button.
Rear center head restraint—When an oc-
cupant sits on the rear center seat, al-
ways pull up the rear center head re-
straint to the lock position.
The head restraint is most effective when
it is close to your head. Therefore, using
a cushion on the seatback is not recom-
mended.
CAUTION
Adjust the center of the head re-
straint so that it is closest to the
top of your ears.
After adjusting the head restraint,
make sure it is locked in position.
Do not drive with the head re-
straints removed.
Armrest
Front (bench type front seat only)
Rear
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
68
Front—To use the armrest, pull up the
strap and pull out the armrest as
shown above.
Rear—To use the armrest, pull it out as
shown above.
Seat heaters
For driver
For front outside passenger
To turn on the seat heater, push the
switch.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Pushing on the switch again will turn it
off.
CAUTION
Occupants must use caution when op-
erating the seat heater because it
may make them feel too hot or cause
burns at low temperatures (erythema,
varicella). Use extra caution for;
Babies, small children, elderly per-
sons, sick persons or handicapped
persons
Persons who have delicate skin
Persons who are exhausted
Persons who have taken alcohol or
drugs which induce sleep (sleeping
drug, cold remedy, etc.)
To prevent the seat overheating, do
not use the seat heater with a blan-
ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-
jects which cover the seat.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
69
NOTICE
Do not put unevenly weighed ob-
jects on the seat and do not stick
sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)
into the seat.
When cleaning the seats, do not
use organic substances (paint thin-
ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.). They may damage the heater
and seat surface.
To prevent the battery from being
discharge, turn the switch on when
the engine is running.
Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
passengers in the vehicle be properly re-
strained at all times with the seat belts
provided. Failure to do so could increase
the chance of injury and/or the severity of
injury in accidents.
Child. Use a child restraint system ap-
propriate for the child until the child be-
comes large enough to properly wear the
vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”
for details.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.
If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and the seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.
Do not allow the child to stand up or
kneel on either rear or front seats. An
unrestrained child could suffer serious in-
jury or death during emergency braking or
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
on your lap. It does not provide sufficient
restraint.
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as
possible over the hips and not on the
waist.
Injured person. Toyota recommends the
use of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-
ry, first check with your doctor for specific
recommendations.
Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
70
CAUTION
Persons should ride in their seats
properly wearing their seat belts
whenever the vehicle is moving.
Otherwise, they are much more likely
to suffer serious bodily injury or
death in the event of sudden braking
or a collision.
When using the seat belts, observe
the following:
Use the belt for only one person at
a time. Do not use a single belt for
two or more people—even children.
Avoid reclining the seatbacks too
much. The seat belts provide maxi-
mum protection when the seatbacks
are in the upright position. (Refer
to the seat adjustment instructions.)
Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. Take care that
they do not get caught or pinched
in the seat or side doors.
Inspect the belt system periodically.
Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Damaged parts should be re-
placed. Do not disassemble or
modify the system.
Keep the belts clean and dry. If
they need cleaning, use a mild soap
solution or lukewarm water. Never
use bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-
ers—they may severely weaken the
belts. (See “Cleaning the interior”
in Section 5.)
Replace the belt assembly (includ-
ing bolts) if it has been used in a
severe impact. The entire assembly
should be replaced even if damage
is not obvious.
Adjust the seat as needed (front seats
only) and sit up straight and well back
in the seat. To fasten your belt, pull it
out of the retractor and insert the tab
into the buckle.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt length automatically adjusts
to your size and the seat position.
The retractor will lock the belt during a
sudden stop or on impact. It also may
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend, and you can move around freely.
—Front outside and rear seat
belts (3- point type)
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
71
If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull
the belt out of the retractor.
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-
pletely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that
position and cannot be extended. This fea-
ture is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child
restraint” in this section.) To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull
the belt out once more.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.
Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder
anchor—
Adjust the shoulder anchor position to
your size.
To raise: Slide the anchor up.
To lower: Push in the lock release button
and slide the anchor down.
After adjustment, make sure the anchor is
locked in position.
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
your shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from your neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Failure to
do so could reduce the amount of
protection in an accident and cause
serious injuries in a collision.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
72
Take up
slack
Too high
Keep as low on
hips as possible
Adjust the position of the lap and
shoulder belts.
Position the lap belt as low as possible
on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-
just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulder
portion upward through the latch plate.
CAUTION
High- positioned lap belts and
loose- fitting belts both could cause
serious injuries due to sliding un-
der the lap belt during a collision
or other unintended result. Keep
the lap belt positioned as low on
hips as possible.
For your safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under your arm.
To release the belt, press the buckle- re-
lease button and allow the belt to re-
tract.
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
make sure it remains untwisted as it re-
tracts.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
73
Lengthen
Sit up straight and well back in the
seat. To fasten your belt, insert the tab
into the buckle.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
If the belt is not long enough for you, hold
the tab at a right angle to the belt and
pull on the tab.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot
protect an adult occupant or your
child from injury.
Too high
Adjust to
a snug fit
Keep as low on hips as possible
Remove excess length of the belt and
adjust the belt position.
To shorten the belt, pull the free end of
the belt.
Position the lap belt as low as possible
on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-
just it to a snug fit.
CAUTION
High- positioned and loose- fitting lap
belt could cause serious injuries due
to sliding under the lap belt during a
collision or other unintended result.
Keep the lap belt positioned as low
on hips as possible.
—Front center seat belt
(2-point type)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
74
To release the belt, press the buckle- re-
lease button.
The front center seat belt can be
stowed when not in use.
—Seat belt extender
If your seat belt cannot be fastened se-
curely because it is not long enough, a
personalized seat belt extender is avail-
able from your Toyota dealer free of
charge.
Please contact your local Toyota dealer so
that the dealer can order the proper re-
quired length for the extender. Bring the
heaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-
er measurement and selection of length.
Additional ordering information is available
at your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
When using the seat belt extender,
observe the following. Failure to fol-
low these instructions could result in
less effectiveness of the seat belt re-
straint system in case of vehicle acci-
dent, increasing the chance of per-
sonal injury.
Never use the seat belt extender if
you can fasten the seat belt without
it.
—Stowing the front center
seat belt
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
75
Remember that the extender pro-
vided for you may not be safe when
used on a different vehicle, or for
another person or at a different
seating position than the one origi-
nally intended for.
To connect the extender to the seat
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on
the buckle- release buttons of the ex-
tender and the seat belt are both facing
outward as shown.
You will hear a click when the tab locks
into the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt, press on
the buckle- release button on the extender,
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent
damage to the vehicle interior and extend-
er itself.
When not in use, remove the extender
and store in the vehicle for future use.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the seat belt extender is not
twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
76
—Front seat belt pretensioners
The driver and front passenger’s seat
belt pretensioners are designed to be
activated in response to a severe fron-
tal impact.
When the airbag sensor detects the shock
of a severe frontal impact, the front seat
belt is quickly drawn back in by the re-
tractor so that the belt snugly restrains
the front seat occupants.
The seat belt pretensioners are activated
even with no passenger in the front seat.
Collisions occurring at certain speeds and
angles may cause the seat belt preten-
sioners and SRS airbags not to operate
all together.
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position. It goes off after about
6 seconds. This means the front seat
belt pretensioners are operating proper-
ly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side airbag sensors, inflators, front
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, warning
light, interconnecting wiring and power
sources. (For details, see “Service remind-
er indicators and warning buzzers” in Sec-
tion 1- 5.)
The front seat belt pretensioner system
mainly consists of the following compo-
nents and their locations are shown in the
illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. SRS warning light
3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies
4. Airbag sensor assembly
The front seat belt pretensioners are con-
trolled by the airbag sensor assembly. The
airbag sensor assembly consists of a saf-
ing sensor and airbag sensor.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
77
When the front seat belt pretensioners are
activated, an operating noise may be
heard and a small amount of smoke- like
gas may be released. This gas is harm-
less and does not indicate that a fire is
occurring.
Once the front seat belt pretensioners
have been activated, the seat belt retrac-
tors remain locked.
CAUTION
Do not modify, remove, strike or open
the front seat belt pretensioner as-
semblies, airbag sensor or surround-
ing area or wiring. Doing any of
these may cause sudden operation of
the front seat belt pretensioners or
disable the system, which could re-
sult in death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious inju-
ries.
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
front seat belt pretensioners in some
cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two- way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Repairs on or near the front seat
belt retractor assemblies
Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
Modification of the front end struc-
ture
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or con-
sole
This front seat belt pretensioner system
has a service reminder indicator to inform
the driver of operating problems. If either
of the following conditions occurs, this
indicates a malfunction of the airbags or
pretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible to service the
vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position, or remains on.
The light comes on or flashes while
driving.
If either front seat belt does not retract
or can not be pulled out due to a
malfunction or activation of the relevant
front seat belt pretensioner.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
78
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The front part of the vehicle (shaded
in the illustration) was involved in an
accident that was not severe enough to
cause the front seat belt pretensioners
to operate.
Either front seat belt pretensioner as-
sembly or surrounding area is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-
aged.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem) airbags are designed to provide
further protection for occupants in the
following seats in addition to the prima-
ry safety protection provided by the
seat belts.
Vehicles with bucket front seats—The
SRS airbags are designed to protect
the driver and front passenger.
Vehicles with bench type front seats—
The SRS airbags are designed to pro-
tect the driver and right-front passen-
ger. They are not designed to protect
occupant in the center position.
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS airbags work together with the
seat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-
ing. The SRS airbags help to reduce inju-
ries mainly to the driver’s or front passen-
ger’s head or chest directly hitting the
steering wheel or dashboard. The front
passenger airbag is activated even with
no passenger in the front seat.
Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.
SRS driver and front
passenger airbags
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
79
CAUTION
A driver or front passenger too close
to the steering wheel or dashboard
during airbag deployment can be
killed or seriously injured. Toyota
strongly recommends that:
The driver sit as far back as pos-
sible from the steering wheel while
still maintaining control of the ve-
hicle.
The front passenger sit as far back
as possible from the dashboard.
All vehicle occupants be properly
restrained using the available seat
belts.
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position. It goes off after about
6 seconds. This means the SRS airbags
are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side airbag sensors, inflators, front
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, warning
light, interconnecting wiring and power
sources. (For details, see “Service remain-
der indicators and warning buzzers” in
Section 1- 5.)
The SRS airbag system is designed to
activate in response to a severe frontal
impact within the shaded area between
the arrows in the illustration.
The SRS airbags will deploy if the severi-
ty of the impact is above the designed
threshold level, comparable to an approxi-
mate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision in the
U.S.A. and 30 km/h (18 mph) collision in
Canada when impacting straight into a
fixed barrier that does not move or de-
form.
If the severity of the impact is below the
above threshold level, the SRS airbags
may not deploy.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
80
However, this threshold velocity will be
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
sign pole, which can move or deform on
impact, or if it is involved in an underride
collision (e.g. a collision in which the nose
of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under,
the bed of a truck, etc.).
It is possible that in some collisions at the
lower zone of airbag sensor detection and
activation the SRS airbags and seat belt
pretensioners will not operate all together.
For the safety of all occupants, always
wear your seat belts properly.
Collision from the side
Collision from
the rear
Vehicle rollover
The SRS airbags are not designed to
inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or
if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision.
Hitting a curb,
edge of pavement
or hard material
Falling into or
jumping over a
deep hole
Landing hard or vehicle falling
The SRS airbags may deploy if a seri-
ous impact occurs to the underside of
your vehicle. Some examples are shown
in the illustration.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
81
The SRS airbag system consists mainly of
the following components, and their loca-
tions are shown in the illustration.
1. Front airbag sensors
2. Airbag module for driver (airbag and
inflator)
3. Airbag module for front passenger (air-
bag and inflator)
4. Airbag sensor assembly
5. SRS warning light
The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
safing sensor and airbag sensor.
In a severe frontal impact, the sensors
detect deceleration and the system trig-
gers the airbag inflators. Then a chemical
reaction in the inflators quickly fills the
airbags with non- toxic gas to help restrain
the forward motion of the occupants.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non- toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-
mally harmless; however, for those who
have delicate skin, it may cause a minor
skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any
residue as soon as possible to prevent
any potential skin irritation.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious inju-
ries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
hub, dashboard) may be hot for several
minutes, but the airbags themselves will
not be hot. The airbags are designed to
inflate only once.
A crash severe enough to inflate the air-
bags may break the windshield as the
vehicle buckles. In vehicles with a pas-
senger airbag the windshield may also be
damaged by absorbing some of the force
of the inflating airbag.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
82
CAUTION
The SRS airbag system is designed
only as a supplement to the prima-
ry protection of the driver side and
front passenger side seat belt sys-
tems. The front seat occupants can
be killed or seriously injured by the
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the available seat belts properly.
During sudden braking just before
a collision, an unrestrained driver
or front passenger can move for-
ward into direct contact with or
close proximity to the airbag which
may then deploy during the colli-
sion. To ensure maximum protection
in an accident, the driver and all
passengers in the vehicle must
wear their seat belts. properly.
Wearing a seat belt during an acci-
dent reduces the chances of death
or serious injury or being thrown
out of the vehicle. For instructions
and precautions concerning the seat
belt system, see “Seat belts” in this
section.
Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploy-
ing airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. Toyota
strongly recommends that all in-
fants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and proper-
ly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installa-
tion of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” in this section.
Never put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the front seat be-
cause the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the front passenger airbag
can cause death or serious injury
to the child.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
83
Move seat
fully back
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be put on
the front seat only when it is un-
avoidable. Always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of the deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child. On vehicles with side airbags,
do not allow the child to lean
against the front door or around
the front door even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbag
inflates, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint sys-
tem, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
Do not sit on the edge of the seat
or lean over the dashboard when
the vehicle is in use. The airbags
inflate with considerable speed and
force; you may be killed or serious-
ly injured. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat, and always use
your seat belt.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
84
Do not allow a child to stand up,
or to kneel on the front passenger
seat. The airbag inflates with con-
siderable speed and force; the child
may be killed or seriously injured.
Do not hold a child on your lap or
in your arms. Use a child restraint
system in the rear seat. For instruc-
tions concerning the installation of
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” in this section.
Do not put objects or your pets on
or in front of the dashboard or
steering wheel pad that houses the
airbag system. They might restrict
inflation or cause death or serious
injury as they are projected rear-
ward by the force of deploying air-
bags. Likewise, the driver and front
passenger should not hold things in
their arms or on their knees.
Do not modify or remove any wir-
ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, front passen-
ger airbag cover, front passenger
airbag or airbag sensor assembly.
Doing any of these may cause sud-
den SRS airbag inflation or disable
the system, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
85
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS front airbag system in some
cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two- way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
Modification of the front end struc-
ture
Attachment of a grille guard (bull
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure, con-
sole, steering column, steering
wheel or dashboard near the front
passenger airbag
This SRS airbag system has a service
reminder indicator to inform the driver of
operating problems. If either of the
following conditions occurs, this indicates
a malfunction of the airbags. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to
service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position, or the light remains on.
The light comes on while driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The SRS airbags have been inflated.
The front part of the vehicle (shaded
in the illustration) was involved in an
accident that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS airbags to inflate.
The pad section of the steering wheel
or front passenger airbag cover
(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
86
SRS side airbags
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem) side airbags are designed to pro-
vide further protection for occupants in
the following seats in addition to the
primary safety protection provided by
the seat belts.
Vehicles with bucket front seats—The
SRS side airbags are designed to pro-
tect the driver and front passenger.
Vehicles with bench type front seats—
The SRS side airbags are designed to
protect the driver and right- front pas-
senger. They are not designed to pro-
tect occupant in the center position.
In response to a severe side impact, the
SRS side airbags work together with the
seat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-
ing. The SRS side airbags help to reduce
injuries mainly to the driver’s or front pas-
senger’s chest. The SRS side airbag on
the passenger seat is activated even with
no passenger in the front seat.
Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.
CAUTION
SRS side airbags inflate with consid-
erable force. To avoid potential death
or serious injury when they inflate,
the driver and front passenger must:
Wear their seat belts properly
Remain properly seated with their
back upright and against the seat at
all times.
This indicator comes on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position. It goes off after about
6 seconds. This means the SRS side
airbags are operating properly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side airbag sensors, inflators, front
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, warning
light, interconnecting wiring and power
sources. (For details, see “Service remind-
er indicators and warning buzzers” in Sec-
tion 1- 5.)
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
87
The SRS side airbag system may not
activate if the vehicle is subjected to a
collision from the side at certain
angles, or a collision to the side of the
vehicle body other than the passenger
compartment as shown in the illustra-
tion.
The SRS side airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side.
For the safety of all occupants, always
wear your seat belts properly.
Collision from the front
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
The SRS side airbags are not designed
to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
front or rear collision, if it rolls over,
or if it is involved in a low- speed side
collision.
The SRS side airbag system consists
mainly of the following components, and
their locations are shown in the illustra-
tion.
1. SRS warning light
2. Airbag sensor assembly
3. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflat-
or)
4. Side airbag sensors
The SRS side airbag system is controlled
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sen-
sor and airbag sensor.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
88
In a severe side impact, the side airbag
sensor triggers the side airbag inflators.
Then a chemical reaction in the inflators
quickly fills the airbags with non- toxic gas
to help restrain the lateral motion of the
occupants.
When the airbags inflate, they produce a
fairly loud noise and release some smoke
and residue along with non- toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-
mally harmless; however, for those who
have delicate skin, it may cause a minor
skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any
residue as soon as possible to prevent
minor skin irritation.
Deployment of the airbags happens in a
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious inju-
ries, it may also cause minor burns or
abrasions and swelling.
Front seats may be hot for several min-
utes, but the airbags themselves will not
be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate
only once.
CAUTION
The SRS side airbag system is de-
signed only as a supplement to the
primary protection of the driver
side and front passenger side seat
belt systems. To ensure maximum
protection in an accident, the driver
and all passengers in the vehicle
must wear their seat belts properly.
Wearing a seat belt during an acci-
dent reduces the chances of death
or serious injury or being thrown
out of the vehicle. For instructions
and precautions concerning the seat
belt system, see “Seat belts” in this
section.
Improperly seated and/or restrained
infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploy-
ing airbags. An infant or child who
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. Toyota
strongly recommends that all in-
fants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and proper-
ly restrained. The rear seat is the
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installa-
tion of a child restraint system, see
“Child restraint” in this section.
Do not allow a child to lean his/her
head or any part of his/her body
against the front door or the area
of the seat from which the side air-
bag deploys even if he/she is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbag
inflates, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint sys-
tem, see “Child restraint” in this
section.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
89
Do not lean against the front door
when the vehicle is in use. The side
airbag inflates with considerable
speed and force; you may be killed
or seriously injured.
Do not apply excessive weight to
the outer side of the front seats on
vehicles with side airbags.
Do not attach a cup holder or any
other device or object on or around
the door. When the side airbag in-
flates, the cup holder or any other
device or object will be thrown with
great force or the side airbag may
not activate correctly, resulting in
death or serious injury. Likewise,
the driver and front passenger
should not hold things in their
arms or on their knees.
Do not use accessories for the
seats which cover the parts where
the side airbags inflate. Such acces-
sories may prevent the side airbags
from activating correctly, causing
death or serious injury.
Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the front seats
with the side airbags. Such changes
may disable the system or cause
the side airbags to inflate acciden-
tally resulting in death or serious
injury. Consult your Toyota dealer if
you consider modifications of this
kind.
Failure to follow these instructions
can result in death or serious injury.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
90
NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following
changes without consulting your
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
interfere with proper operation of the
SRS side airbag system in some
cases.
Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two- way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
Modification of the side structure of
the passenger compartment
Repairs made on or near the con-
sole or front seat
This SRS side airbag system has a
service reminder indicator to inform the
driver of operating problems. If either of
the following conditions occurs, this
indicates a malfunction of the airbags.
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position, or the light remains on.
The light comes on or flashes while
driving.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible:
The SRS side airbags have been in-
flated.
The portion of the doors (shaded in the
illustration) were involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS side airbags to inflate.
The surface of the seats with the side
airbag (shaded in the illustration) is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-
aged.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
91
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
Toyota strongly urges the use of child
restraint systems for children small
enough to use them.
The laws of all fifty states in the U.S.A.
and Canada now require the use of a
child restraint system.
Your vehicle conforms to SAE J1819.
If a child is too large for a child restraint
system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” for
details.
CAUTION
For effective protection in automo-
bile accidents and sudden stops,
children must be properly re-
strained using a seat belt or child
restraint system depending on the
age and size of the child. Holding
a child in your arms is not a sub-
stitute for a child restraint system.
In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or
between you and the vehicle’s inte-
rior.
Toyota strongly urges use of a
proper child restraint system which
conforms to the size of the child,
and is put on the rear seat. Accord-
ing to accident statistics, the child
is safer when properly restrained in
the rear seat than in the front seat.
Never put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the front seat. In
the event of an accident, the force
of the rapid inflation of the airbag
can cause death or serious injury if
a rear- facing child restraint system
is put on the front seat.
Unless it is unavoidable, do not put
a forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem on the front seat.
Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
92
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be put on
the front seat only when it is un-
avoidable. Always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child. Do not allow the child to lean
against the front door or around
the front door even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbag
inflates, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
Make sure that you have complied
with all installation instructions pro-
vided by the child restraint
manufacturer and that the system is
properly secured.
—Child restraint system
A child restraint system for a small
child or baby must itself be properly
restrained on the seat with either the
lap belt or the lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt. You must carefully con-
sult the manufacturer’s instructions
which accompany the child restraint
system.
To provide proper restraint, use a child
restraint system following the manufactur-
er’s instructions about the appropriate age
and size of the child for the child restraint
system.
Install the child restraint system correctly
following the instructions provided by its
manufacturer of the system. General
directions are also provided under the fol-
lowing instructions.
The child restraint system should be
installed on the rear seat. According to
accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than
in the front seat.
CAUTION
Never put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the front seat. In
the event of an accident, the force
of the rapid inflation of the airbag
can cause death or serious injury if
a rear- facing child restraint system
is put on the front seat.
Unless it is unavoidable, do not put
a forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem on the front seat.
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be put on
the front seat only when it is un-
avoidable. Always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child. Do not allow the child to lean
against the front door or around
the front door even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbag
inflates, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
93
After installing the child restraint
system, make sure it is secured in
place following the manufacturer’s
instructions. If it is not restrained
securely, it may cause death or se-
rious injury to the child in the
event of a sudden stop or accident.
When not using the child restraint system,
keep it secured with the seat belt or place
it in the trunk or somewhere other than
the passenger compartment. This will pre-
vent it from injuring passengers in the
event of a sudden stop or accident.
Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-
curing the top strap of a child restraint
system.
For instructions about how to install the
anchor bracket, see “—Using a top strap”.
Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
—Types of child restraint
system
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
94
(C) Booster seat
(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
An infant seat is used in rear- facing
position only.
CAUTION
Never put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the front seat be-
cause the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child.
—Installation with 3- point
type seat belt
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
95
Do not put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the rear seat if it
interferes with the lock mechanism
of the front seats. This can cause
severe injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden brak-
ing or a collision.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the infant seat following the
instructions provided by its manufactur-
er and insert the tab into the buckle
taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
the lap portion of the belt tight.
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
96
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the infant seat securely, make
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.
3. While pressing the infant seat firmly
against the seat cushion and seatback,
let the shoulder belt retract as far as
it will go to hold the infant seat secure-
ly.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
97
4. To remove the infant seat, press the
buckle- release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward-
facing and rear- facing position depend-
ing on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s
instruction about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as directions for
installing a child restraint system.
CAUTION
Never put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the front seat be-
cause the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
98
Move seat
fully back
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be put on
the front seat only when it is un-
avoidable. Always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of the deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child. Do not allow the child to lean
against the front door or around
the front door even if the child is
seated in the child restraint system.
It is dangerous if the side airbag
inflates, and the impact could cause
death or serious injury to the child.
Do not put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the rear seat if it
interferes with the lock mechanism
of the front seats. This can cause
severe injury to the child and front
passenger in case of sudden brak-
ing or a collision.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
or around the convertible seat following
the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
99
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
in the lock mode. When the belt is
then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended.
To hold the convertible seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
3. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
as far as it will go to hold the convert-
ible seat securely.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
100
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
4. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle-release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
A booster seat is used in forward-fac-
ing position only.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
101
Move seat
fully back
CAUTION
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be put on
the front seat only when it is un-
avoidable. Always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of the deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child. Do not allow the child to lean
against the front door or around the
front door even if the child is seated
in the child restraint system. It is
dangerous if the side airbag inflates,
and the impact could cause death or
serious injury to the child.
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run
the lap and shoulder belt through or
around the booster seat and child fol-
lowing the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt.
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly
across the child’s shoulder and that the
lap belt is positioned as low as possible
on child’s hips. See “Seat belts” for de-
tails.
CAUTION
Always make sure the shoulder belt
is positioned across the center of
child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from child’s neck, but
not falling off child’s shoulder. Fail-
ure to do so could reduce the
amount of protection in an accident
and cause serious injuries in a col-
lision.
Both high- positioned lap belts and
loose- fitting belts could cause seri-
ous injuries due to sliding under
the lap belt during a collision or
other unintended result. Keep the
lap belt position as low on hips as
possible.
For child’s safety, do not place the
shoulder belt under child’s arm.
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
102
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
2. To remove the child restraint system,
press the buckle-release button and al-
low the belt to retract.
CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION
A convertible seat is used in forward-
facing and rear- facing position depend-
ing on the child’s age and size. When
installing, follow the manufacturer’s
instruction about the applicable child’s
age and size as well as directions for
installing a child restraint system.
—Installation with 2- point
type seat belt
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
103
CAUTION
Never put a rear- facing child re-
straint system on the front seat be-
cause the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the passenger airbag can
cause death or serious injury to the
child.
Same angle
Same
height
Move seat
fully back
Move seat
fully back
A forward- facing child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be put on
the front seat only when it is un-
avoidable. Always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of the deploying airbag could
cause death or serious injury to the
child.
When installing a child restraint system in
the front seat center position, move the
driver and passenger seats as far back as
possible, set both seatbacks to the same
angle as the back of the child restraint
system, and set both seat cushions at the
same height so that the child restraint
system is securely restrained.
With the child restraint system installed,
check that your driving position is satis-
factory and that the child restraint system
does not interfere with your driving.
If your driving position is not satisfactory,
or the child restraint system interferes
with your driving, install it at another posi-
tion.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
104
CAUTION
When using a forward- facing child
restraint system, move the driver
and passenger seats as far back as
possible, set both seatbacks to the
same angle as the back of the child
restraint system, set both seat
cushions at the same height and
make sure your driving position is
satisfactory.
Ignoring the above instructions may
result in a serious injury in case of
on accident. 1. Run the center lap belt through or
around the convertible seat following
the instructions provided by its
manufacturer and insert the tab into
the buckle taking care not to twist the
belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
tight.
CAUTION
After inserting the tab, make sure
the tab and buckle are locked and
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt is not twisted.
Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
buckle.
If the seat belt does not function
normally, it cannot protect your
child from injury. Contact your
Toyota dealer immediately. Do not
use the seat until the seat belt is
fixed.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
105
2. While pressing the convertible seat
firmly against the seat cushion and
seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling
its free end to hold the convertible seat
securely.
CAUTION
Push and pull the child restraint sys-
tem in different directions to be sure
it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
3. To remove the convertible seat, press
the buckle-release button and allow the
belt to retract completely. The belt will
move freely again and be ready to
work for an adult or older child passen-
ger.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
106
—Using a top strap
Follow the procedure below for a child
restraint system that requires the use
of a top strap.
Symbol mark
Anchor brackets
Use the anchor bracket on the back panel
to attach the top strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear seat.
This symbol indicates the location of user
ready tether anchorage.
TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:
1. Remove the head restraint.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
107
2. Remove the anchor bracket cover
with the symbol mark shown in the
illustration.
3. Fix the child restraint system with
the seat belt.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
For instructions to install the child re-
straint system, see ”Child restraint” in this
section.
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely
latched, and check that the child re-
straint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
4. Replace the head restraint.
Store any removed covers in a safe place
such as the glove box.
Be sure to replace all covers when the
anchor bracket is not in use.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
108
Tilt steering wheel
To change the steering wheel angle,
hold the steering wheel, pull the lock
release lever toward you, tilt the steer-
ing wheel to the desired angle and re-
lease the lever.
When the steering wheel is in a low posi-
tion, it will spring up as you release the
lock release lever.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while the vehicle is moving.
After adjusting the steering wheel,
try moving it up and down to make
sure it is locked in position.
Outside rear view mirrors—
Adjust the mirror so that you can see
the side of your vehicle in the mirror.
Be careful when judging the size or dis-
tance of any object seen in the outside
rear view mirror on the passenger’s side.
It is a convex mirror with a curved sur-
face. Any object seen in a convex mirror
will look smaller and farther away than
when seen in a flat mirror.
On some models, when you push the rear
window defogger switch, the heater panels
in the outside rear view mirrors will quick-
ly clear the surface.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. It may cause the
driver to mishandle the vehicle and
an accident may occur resulting in
personal injuries.
Since the mirror surfaces can get
hot, keep your hands off them when
the defogger switch is on.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
109
To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Place the switch at “L” (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror
Push the switch in the desired direc-
tion.
Mirror can be adjusted when key is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position.
NOTICE
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
operate the control or scrape the mir-
ror face. Use a spray de- icer to free
the mirror.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-
ror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
The reflection in the mirror has greater
clarity at this position.
Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.
—Power rear view mirror
control
Anti- glare inside rear view
mirror
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
110
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. It may cause the
driver to mishandle the vehicle and
an accident may occur resulting in
personal injuries.
Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-
ror.
This mirror is designed to reduce glare
from the headlights of the vehicle be-
hind you during night driving.
When the ignition key is inserted and
turned on, the inside rear view mirror al-
ways turns on in the “AUTO” mode.
The “AUTO” indicator illuminates to show
you that the function is on.
In “AUTO” mode, if the mirror detects light
from the headlights of the vehicle behind
you, the mirror surface darkens slightly to
reduce the reflected light.
To turn off the automatic function, press
the switch on the “OFF” side.
To turn on the automatic function again,
press the switch on the “AUTO” side.
Adjust it before driving so that the rear
view is optimized.
When the outside air temperature is low,
it may take little longer for the mirror to
darken in response to the detection of
headlights.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the
vehicle is moving. It may cause the
driver to mishandle the vehicle and
an accident may occur resulting in
personal injuries.
Auto anti- glare inside rear
view mirror
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
111
Sun visors—
To block out glare, move the sun visor.
To block out glare from the front—Swing
down the main sun visor
To block out glare from the side—Swing
down the main sun visor, remove it from
the hook and swing it to the side.
If glare comes from obliquely behind you,
extend the plate at the end of the visor
(to position 3).
To block the glare from the front when the
main sun visor is swung to the side,
swing down the second sun visor
CAUTION
Slide the plate only when the main
sun visor is swung down to the side.
Otherwise, it can cover the anti-glare
inside rear view mirror and obstruct
the rear view.
—Vanity mirrors
To use the vanity mirrors, swing down
the sun visor and open the cover.
The vanity lights come on when you open
the cover.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
112
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights, Wipers and Defogger
Headlights and turn signals 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency flashers 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel light control 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior light 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front personal lights 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear personal lights 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition switch light 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wipers and washer 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting the windshield wiper position 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 122. . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
-
4
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
113
HEADLIGHTS
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights
Position 2—Headlights and all of the
above
Position 3 (“AUTO”)—Headlights and/or all
of the lights in position 1
They automatically turn on or off depend-
ing on the darkness of the surroundings.
Manually twist the knob to the position 2
to turn on the headlights if they are need-
ed immediately when entering a dark tun-
nel, parking structure, etc.
The automatic light control sensor is on
the top of the driver’s side instrument
panel.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel, and/or do not affix anything on the
windshield to block this sensor.
If you feel that the automatic light control
comes into operation too early or too late,
have the sensor adjusted by your Toyota
dealer.
The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when all doors and trunk lid are
closed with the ignition key in the “ACC”
or “LOCK” position and the lever at posi-
tion 2, or after 20 minutes or more when
the door or trunk lid is kept open. The
lights also automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the lever at
position 1. If the doors are locked by the
wireless remote control transmitter, the
lights automatically turn off immediately.
To turn them on again, turn the key to the
“ON” position or actuate the headlight
switch. If you are going to park for over
one week, make sure the headlight switch
is off.
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.
Headlights and turn signals
(with automatic light control
system)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
114
Daytime running light system (all mod-
els in Canada and some models in the
U.S.A.)
The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-
ty when the parking brake is released with
the engine started, even with the light
switch in the “OFF” position. They will not
go off until the ignition switch is turned
off.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
the position 1.
Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
to full intensity for driving at night.
High- Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever to-
ward you (position 2) for low beams.
The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.
Flashing the high beam headlights
(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way
back. The high beam headlights turn off
when you release the lever.
You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.
TURN SIGNALS
To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
115
HEADLIGHTS
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob.
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
side marker and instrument panel lights
Position 2—Headlights and all of the
above
The lights automatically turn off after 30
seconds when all doors and trunk lid are
closed with the ignition key in the “ACC”
or “LOCK” position and the lever at posi-
tion 2, or after 20 minutes or more when
the door or trunk lid is kept open. The
lights also automatically turn off when the
driver’s door is opened with the lever at
position 1. If the doors are locked by the
wireless remote control transmitter, the
lights automatically turn off immediately.
To turn them on again, turn the key to the
“ON” position or actuate the headlight
switch. If you are going to park for over
one week, make sure the headlight switch
is off.
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on
for a long period when the engine is
not running.
Daytime running light system (all mod-
els in Canada and some models in the
U.S.A.)
The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-
ty when the parking brake is released with
the engine started, even with the light
switch in the “OFF” position. They will not
go off until the ignition switch is turned
off.
To turn on the other exterior lights and
instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
the position 1.
Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
to full intensity for driving at night.
Headlights and turn signals
(without automatic light
control system)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
116
High- Low beams—For high beams, turn
the headlights on and push the lever away
from you (position 1). Pull the lever to-
ward you (position 2) for low beams.
The headlight high beam indicator light
(blue light) on the instrument panel will
tell you that the high beams are on.
Flashing the high beam headlights
(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way
back. The high beam headlights turn off
when you release the lever.
You can flash the high beam headlights
with the knob turned to “OFF”.
TURN SIGNALS
To signal a turn, push the headlight/
turn signal lever up or down to position
1.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The lever automatically returns after you
make a turn, but you may have to return
it by hand after you change lanes.
To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
2) and hold it.
If the turn signal indicator lights (green
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out.
Emergency flashers
To turn on the emergency flashers,
push the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
them off, push the switch once again.
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
other drivers if your vehicle must be
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as pos-
sible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operat-
ing.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
117
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the en-
gine is not running.
Instrument panel light control
To adjust the brightness of the instru-
ment panel lights, turn the knob.
Front fog lights
To turn on the front fog lights, twist
the band of the headlight and turn sig-
nal switch lever. They will come on
only when the headlights are on low
beam.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
118
Interior light
Type A
Type B
Type C
Type A and B—The interior light turns
on when any of the door is opened.
The light goes off when all of the doors
are closed.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened for 20 minutes or more.
You cannot turn off the light when any of
the doors is opened.
Type C—To turn on the interior light,
slide the switch.
The interior light switch has the following
positions:
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
“OFF”—Turns the light off.
“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the door is opened. The light remains on
for some time after all of the doors are
closed.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the lights will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened with the switch at “DOOR” position
for 20 minutes or more.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
119
Front personal lights
With moon roof
Without moon roof
To turn on the front personal lights,
push the switch. To turn the lights off,
push the switch once again.
Rear personal lights
To turn on the rear personal light, push
the switch. To turn the light off, push
the switch once again.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
120
Ignition switch light
For easy access to the ignition switch,
the ignition switch light comes on when
any of the doors are opened.
The light remains on for some time after
all the doors are closed.
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the key is removed and the door is left
opened for 20 minutes or more.
Windshield wipers and washer
To turn on the windshield wipers, move
the lever to the desired setting.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
Lever position Speed setting
Position 1 Intermittent
Position 2 Slow
Position 3 Fast
The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust the
wiping time interval when the wiper lever
is in the intermittent position (position 1).
Twist the band upward to increase the
time between sweeps, and downward to
decrease it.
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
toward you.
If the windshield wipers are off, they will
operate a couple of times after the washer
squirts.
For instructions on adding washer fluid,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7- 3.
In freezing weather, warm the windshield
with the defroster before using the washer.
This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
can block your vision.
NOTICE
Do not operate the wipers if the wind-
shield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
121
The wiper blades retract under the hood
when the wipers are turned off. If retrac-
tion is obstructed by snow, etc., at the
bottom of the windshield, the wipers
should be shifted from the retracted posi-
tion (position 2) to the rest position (posi-
tion 1) above the hood level. When the
snow season is over, manually return the
wipers to the retracted position following
the procedure given below.
To pull up the windshield wipers to the
rest position, hold the connection of
the wiper arm and wiper blade and pull
it upward along the windshield glass.
NOTICE
To prevent the wiper blades from be-
ing deformed, be sure to hold the
connection of the wiper arm and wip-
er blade securely.
To replace the windshield wipers to the
retracted position, push the connection
of the wiper arm and wiper blade down-
ward.
NOTICE
To prevent the wiper blades from be-
ing deformed, be sure to hold the
connection of the wiper arm and wip-
er blade securely.
Shifting the windshield wiper
position
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
122
Type A
Type B
Type C
To defog or defrost the rear window,
push the switch.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
The thin heater wires on the inside of the
rear window will quickly clear the surface.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
the defogger is operating.
Type C—The heater panels in the outside
rear view mirrors will also quickly clear
the surfaces. Keep your hands off the
mirror faces when the switch is on.
Push the switch once again to turn the
defoggers off.
The system will automatically shut off af-
ter the defogger has operated about 15
minutes.
CAUTION
Since the mirror surfaces can get hot,
keep your hands off them when the
defogger switch is on.
Make sure you turn the defoggers off
when the surfaces are clear. Leaving the
defoggers on for a long time could cause
the battery to discharge, especially during
stop- and- go driving. The defoggers are
not designed for drying rain water or for
melting snow.
If the outside rear view mirrors are heavi-
ly coated with ice, use a spray de- icer
before operating the switch.
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires.
Rear window and outside rear
view mirror defoggers
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
123
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
124
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
SECTION
1
-
5
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
125
Fuel gauge 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
126
Engine coolant temperature gauge 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
127
Tachometer 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
128
Odometer and two trip meters 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
129
Multi- information display 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
130
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
131
Fuel gauge
The gauge works when the ignition
switch is on and indicates the approxi-
mate quantity of fuel remaining in the
tank.
Nearly full—Needle at “F”
Nearly empty—Needle at “E”
It is a good idea to keep the tank over
1/4 full.
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
fuel tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the move-
ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.
The indicator light goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator light does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
The gauge indicates the engine coolant
temperature when the ignition switch is
on. The engine operating temperature
will vary with changes in weather and
engine load.
If the needle moves into the red zone,
your engine is too hot. If your vehicle
overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
engine to cool.
Your vehicle may overheat during severe
operating conditions, such as:
Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
Reducing speed or stopping after high
speed driving.
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
132
Idling for a long period with the air
conditioning on in stop- and- go traffic.
Towing a trailer.
NOTICE
Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to con-
trol the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your ve-
hicle overheats” in Section 4.
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates engine speed
in thousands of rpm (revolutions per
minute). Use it while driving to select
correct shift points and to prevent en-
gine lugging and overrevving.
Driving with the engine running too fast
causes excessive engine wear and poor
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy.
NOTICE
Do not let the indicator needle get
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.
Odometer and two trip meters
Type A
Type B
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
133
This meter displays the odometer and
two trip meters.
1. Odometer—Shows the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
2. Two trip meters—Show two different
distances independently driven since
the last time each trip meter was set
to zero.
You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the elec-
trical power source is disconnected.
3. ”ODO/TRIP” button—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the button. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.
To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-
play the meter A reading, then push
and hold the button until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
134
Multi- information display—
1. Outside temperature gauge
2. Clock
3. Compass
4. Calendar
5. Cruise information display
6. “LIGHT” button
7. “MODE” button
8. “RESET/ADJ” button
9. “DISPLAY” button
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
135
Operate the multi-information display
with the ignition switch on.
When the ignition switch is turned to
“ON”, the last previously used mode dis-
played just before the ignition switch is
turned off will appear.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the multi- information
display, the display will automatically be
set to the initial mode.
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the display
will be reduced.
“LIGHT” button
This button is used to select the illumi-
nation pattern of the display.
Every time you push the “LIGHT” button,
the display illuminates in the following or-
der.
1. All the parts of the display are illumi-
nated.
2. Clock, outside temperature gauge and
compass are illuminated.
3. Illumination is off.
—Before using
the multi- information display
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
136
“MODE” and “RESET/ADJ” buttons
These buttons are used to select the
item to be reset or adjusted.
Every time you push the “MODE” button,
the display toggles in the following order.
1. Hour
2. Minute
3. Year
4. Month
5. Day
6. English or metric unit selection of the
outside temperature gauge and cruise
information display
7. Compass deviation calibration (zone)
8. Compass circling calibration
When the item desired to be corrected
appears, reset or adjust it by pushing the
“RESET/ADJ” button.
“DISPLAY” button
This button is used to toggle the func-
tions of the cruise information display.
Every time you push the “DISPLAY” but-
ton, the display toggles.
For more details, see “—Cruise
information display”.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
—Clock
The digital clock indicates the time.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected, the time display will auto-
matically be set to 1:00 a.m.
To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” but-
ton until the hour display appears and
blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-
ton.
To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”
button until the minute display appears
and blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ”
button.
After resetting the clock, push the “MODE”
button until the display returns to normal
calendar mode.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
137
—Calendar
The digital calendar indicates the date.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected, the calendar display will au-
tomatically be set to “FRI JAN 1”.
To reset the year: Push the “MODE” but-
ton until the year display appears and
blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-
ton. (After the year 2018 appears, the
number returns to 1999.)
To reset the month: Push the “MODE”
button until the month display appears and
blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-
ton.
To reset the day: Push the “MODE” button
until the day display appears and blinks.
Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button.
After resetting the calendar, push the
“MODE” button until the display returns to
normal calendar mode.
—Outside temperature gauge
The outside temperature gauge indi-
cates outside air temperatures.
To set the unit, push the “MODE” button
until the unit display appears and blinks.
Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to se-
lect “C” or “F”. (At this time, cruise
information and air conditioning displays
also change.)
After setting the unit, push the “MODE”
button until the display returns to normal
calendar mode.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
138
—Cruise information display
The cruise information display indicates
the following information.
1. Instantaneous fuel consumption
2. Average fuel consumption
3. Average vehicle speed
4. Driving range
5. Driving time
Every time you push the “DISPLAY” but-
ton, the display toggles through this infor-
mation.
The displayed values in the cruise infor-
mation display indicate general driving
conditions. Accuracy varies with driving
habits and road conditions.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected, the display will automatically
be set to instantaneous fuel consumption.
To set the unit, push the “MODE” button
until the unit display appears and blinks.
Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to se-
lect km/liter or mile/gallon. (At this time,
the outside temperature and air condition-
ing displays also change.)
After setting the unit, push the “MODE”
button until the display returns to normal
calendar mode.
1. Instantaneous fuel consumption
(“INST ECON”)
The instantaneous fuel consumption is
calculated and displayed based on dis-
tance and fuel consumption for 2 sec-
onds with the engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 2
seconds.
Note that an accurate figure may not be
shown in the following cases.
When the vehicle is stopped with the
engine running, the display will indicate
the extremely high fuel consumption.
When the vehicle is driving down a
long slope, applying the engine brake,
the display will indicate the extremely
low fuel consumption.
The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
139
2. Average fuel consumption
(“AVG ECON”)
Average fuel consumption is calculated
and displayed based on total driving
distance and total fuel consumption
with the engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 10
seconds.
To reset the calculations, push the
“RESET/ADJ” button.
The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.
3. Average vehicle speed
(“AVG SPEED”)
Average vehicle speed is calculated and
displayed based on total driving dis-
tance and total driving time with the
engine running.
The displayed value is updated every 10
seconds.
To reset the calculations, push the
“RESET/ADJ” button.
The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.
4. Driving range
(“FUEL RANGE”)
The distance the vehicle can travel with
the remaining fuel is calculated and
displayed based on the quantity of re-
maining fuel and past fuel consumption.
The displayed value is updated every time
when the fuel equivalent for 1 km or 1
mile is consumed.
Every time you refuel the vehicle, the cal-
culation is reset.
The actual driving range varies with driv-
ing habits and road conditions. If fuel con-
sumption is good, the driving range will be
longer. If fuel consumption is poor, the
driving range will be shorter.
5. Driving time
(“TRIP TIME”)
The elapsed time after the engine starts
is displayed.
When the engine is started, driving time
is counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99
hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed.
When the driving time exceeds 99:59, the
counter returns to 0:00.
To reset the calculations, push the
“RESET/ADJ” button.
The calculation is reset when the ignition
switch is turned off.
—Compass
The compass indicates the direction
that the vehicle is heading. In the
above case, it shows that the vehicle is
heading south.
Displays
Directions
N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW
North
Northeast
East
Southeast
South
Southwest
West
Northwest
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
140
The compass may not show the correct
direction in the following conditions:
The vehicle is stopped immediately af-
ter turning.
The compass does not adjust while the
vehicle is stopped.
The ignition switch is turned off imme-
diately after turning.
The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
The vehicle is in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to in-
terference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).
The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a
magnet or a metal object on or near
the roof.)
The battery has been disconnected.
The compass works to calibrate the direc-
tion automatically while the vehicle is in
motion, if deviation is small.
For additional precision or for complete
calibrating, see “CALIBRATING THE
COMPASS” below.
Compass sensor
NOTICE
Do not put magnets or a metal object
on or near the roof of the vehicle.
Doing this may cause malfunction of
the compass sensor.
CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation
calibration)
The direction display on the compass
deviates from the true direction deter-
mined by the earth’s magnetic field. The
angle of deviation varies according to the
geographic position of the vehicle.
To adjust for this deviation, stop the ve-
hicle and push the “MODE” button several
times until “ZONE XX” appears on the
calendar display. Then push the “RESET/
ADJ” button, referring to the following map
to select the number of the zone where
the vehicle is.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
141
Zone number
After calibration, push the “MODE” button
several times until the calendar display
returns to the normal mode.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
Hawaii, Samoa: 7
Guam, Saipan: 9
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
142
CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling
calibration)
Sometimes the direction display on the
compass may not change after a turn. To
rectify this, stop the vehicle and push the
“MODE” button several times until
“COMPASS” appears and blinks on the
display. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-
ton. “CALIBRATE” appears and blinks to-
gether with the compass display.
Drive the vehicle in a circle until the blink-
ing stops. If there is not enough space to
drive in a circle, drive around the block
until the blinking stops.
When the compass and the calendar dis-
play return to normal mode, calibration is
complete.
If you want to cancel the calibration be-
fore it is complete, push the “MODE” but-
ton again.
Perform circling calibration just after
you have purchased your Toyota. And
then always perform circling calibration
after the battery has been removed, re-
placed or disconnected.
Do not perform circling calibration of
the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to in-
terference by artificial magnetic fields
(underground parking, under a steel
tower, between buildings, roof parking,
near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
etc.).
During calibration, do not operate elec-
tric systems (moon roof, power win-
dows, etc.) as they may interfere with
the calibration.
CAUTION
When doing the circling calibration,
be sure to secure a wide space,
and pay attention to people and ve-
hicles in the neighborhood. Do not
violate any local traffic rules while
performing circling calibration.
Do not adjust the display while the
vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
143
(a) If parking brake
is off, stop
immediately and
contact Toyota
dealer.
(b) Fasten driver’s
seat belt.
If the indicator or
buzzer comes on...
(d) Stop and check.
(type A)
(type B)
(indicator and buzzer)
(e) Stop and check.
Do this.
(c) Fasten front
passenger’s seat
belt.
(h) Take vehicle to
Toyota dealer.
If brake system
warning light is
also on, stop
immediately and
contact Toyota
dealer.
If the indicator or
buzzer comes on...
(i) Close all doors.
(j) Replace bulb.
(type A)
(type B)
(g) Fill up tank.
Do this.
(f) Take vehicle to
Toyota dealer.
(m) Take vehicle to
Toyota dealer.
If the indicator or
buzzer comes on...
(o) Remove key.
Key reminder
buzzer
(n) Add washer fluid.
Do this.
(l) Take vehicle to
Toyota dealer.
(k) Take vehicle to
Toyota dealer
immediately.
Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
144
(a) Brake System Warning Light
This light comes on in the following cases
when the ignition key is turned on.
When the parking brake is applied...
This light comes on for a few seconds
with the ignition on even after the parking
brake is released.
When the brake fluid level is low...
Have your vehicle checked at your
Toyota dealer in the following cases:
The light does not come on even if the
parking brake is applied with the igni-
tion “ON”.
The light does not come on even if the
ignition key is turned on with the park-
ing brake released.
If the light lit during driving goes out and
does not come again, it is a normal op-
eration.
CAUTION
If either of the following conditions
occurs, immediately stop your vehicle
at a safe place and contact your To-
yota dealer.
The light does not go out even af-
ter the parking brake is released
during the engine running.
In this case, the brakes might be
failing and your stopping distance
will be longer. Depress the brake
pedal firmly and bring the vehicle
to an immediate stop.
The brake system warning light re-
mains on together with the “ABS”
warning light.
In this case, the vehicle may be-
come harder to control or skid dur-
ing hard braking or braking on slip-
pery road surfaces.
(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
and Buzzer
This light and buzzer remind you to
buckle up the driver’s seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
“START”, the reminder light flashes and
buzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt is
not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the
belt, the light keep flashing and the buzz-
er sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.
(c) Front outside Passenger’s Seat Belt
Reminder Light
This light reminds you to buckle up the
front outside passenger’s seat belt.
Once the ignition key is turned to ”ON” or
”START”, the reminder light flashes if a
passenger sits in the front outside passen-
ger seat and does not fasten the seat
belt. Unless the front passenger fastens
the belt, the light stays on. This light re-
minds you to buckle up the front passen-
ger’s seat belt.
If luggage load is placed on the front
outside passenger seat, depending on its
weight and how it is placed on the seat,
built- in sensors in the seat cushion may
detect the pressure, causing the reminder
light to come on.
(d) Discharge Warning Light
This light warns that the battery is being
discharged.
If it comes on while you are driving, there
is a problem somewhere in the charging
system.
The engine ignition will continue to oper-
ate, however, until the battery is dis-
charged. Turn off the air conditioning,
blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to
the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
145
NOTICE
Do not continue driving if the engine
drive belt is broken or loose.
(e) Low Oil Pressure Warning Light
This light warns that the engine oil pres-
sure is too low.
If it flickers or stays on while you are
driving, pull off the road to a safe place
and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
assistance.
The light may occasionally flicker when
the engine is idling or it may come on
briefly after a hard stop. There is no
cause for concern if it then goes out when
the engine is accelerated slightly.
The light may come on when the oil level
is extremely low. It is not designed to
indicate low oil level, and the oil level
must be checked using the level dipstick.
NOTICE
Do not drive the vehicle with the
warning light on—even for one block.
It may ruin the engine.
(f) Malfunction indicator lamp
This lamp comes on in the following
cases.
a. The fuel tank is completely empty. (See
“Fuel gauge” in Section 1- 5 for instruc-
tions.)
b. The fuel tank cap is not tightened se-
curely. (See “Fuel tank cap” in Section
1- 2 for instructions.)
c. There is a problem somewhere in your
engine or automatic transmission electrical
system.
If it comes on while you are driving in
case c, have your vehicle checked/re-
paired by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This light comes on when the fuel level
in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
the tank as soon as possible.
On inclines or curves, due to the move-
ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
(h) “ABS” Warning Light
The light comes on with the ignition key
turned to “ON”. If the anti-lock brake sys-
tem and the brake assist system work
properly, the light goes out after a few
seconds. Thereafter, if either of the sys-
tems malfunctions, the light comes on.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system, the brake assist
system, the traction control system and/or
the vehicle skid control system do/does
not operate, but the system still operate
conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden brake or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If the following conditions occur, this
indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning
light system. Contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible to service
the vehicle.
The light does not come on with the
ignition key turned to “ON”, or remains
on.
The light comes on while driving.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
146
If the light lit during driving goes out and
does not come on again, it is a normal
operation.
CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warn-
ing light, immediately stop your ve-
hicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, the vehicle may become
harder to control or skid during hard
braking or braking on slippery road
surfaces.
(i) Open Door Warning Light
This light remains on until all the doors
are completely closed.
(j) Rear Light Failure Warning Light
If this light comes on when the headlight
switch is turned on (at the position 1 or
position 2), it indicates that one or more
of the tail lights are burned out.
If it comes on when the brake pedal is
depressed, one or more stop lights are
burned out.
Have defective bulbs replaced as soon as
possible.
(k) SRS Warning Light
This light will come on when the igni-
tion key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position. After about 6 seconds,
the light will go off. This means the
system of the airbags and front seat
belt pretensioners are operating proper-
ly.
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side airbag sensors, inflators, front,
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, warning
light, interconnecting wiring and power
sources.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle.
The light does not come on when the
ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position or remains on.
The light comes on or flashes while
driving.
(l) “VSC” Warning Light
The light warns that when there is a prob-
lem somewhere in the vehicle skid control
system or traction control system.
The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after
about a few seconds.
If the “VSC” warning light comes on, the
vehicle skid control system and traction
control system do not work. However, as
conventional braking operates when ap-
plied, there is no problem to continue your
driving.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle:
The “VSC” warning light does not come
on after the ignition is turned to on.
The “VSC” warning light is left on after
the ignition is turned to on.
The “VSC” warning light comes on
while driving without pushing “VSC
OFF” switch.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
147
(m) “VSC OFF” Indicator Light
The light warns that when there is a prob-
lem somewhere in the vehicle skid control
system or traction control system.
The light will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after
about a few seconds.
If the “VSC OFF” indicator light comes on,
the vehicle skid control system and trac-
tion control system do not work. However,
as conventional braking operates when ap-
plied, there is no problem to continue your
driving.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle:
The “VSC OFF” indicator light does not
come on after the ignition is turned to
on.
The “VSC OFF” indicator light is left on
after the ignition is turned to on.
The “VSC OFF” indicator light comes
on while driving without pushing “VSC
OFF” switch.
(n) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light
The light warns that the windshield washer
fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at
your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,
see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7- 3.)
(o) Key Reminder Buzzer
This buzzer reminds you to remove the
key when you open the driver’s door with
the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”
position.
CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light and low windshield
washer fluid level warning light)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Open one of the doors.
The open door warning light should
come on.
3. Close the door.
The open door warning light should go
off.
4. Turn the ignition key to “ACC”.
The SRS warning light should come on.
It goes off after about 6 seconds.
5. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
not start the engine.
All the service reminder indicators ex-
cept the open door warning light and
SRS warning light should come on. The
“ABS”, “VSC”, “VSC OFF” and slip indi-
cator lights go off after a few seconds.
If any service reminder indicator or warn-
ing buzzer does not function as described
above, either the bulb is burned out or the
circuit is in need of repair. Have it
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
148
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
SECTION
1
-
6
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
149
Ignition switch with steering lock 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
150
Automatic transmission 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
151
Traction control system 164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
152
Vehicle skid control system 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
153
Parking brake 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
154
Cruise control 168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
155
“START”—Starter motor on. The key
will return to the “ON” position when
released.
For starting tips, see Section 3.
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.
This is the normal driving position.
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio
operate, but the engine is off.
If you leave the key in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position and open the driver’s
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove
the key.
“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
wheel is locked. The key can be re-
moved only at this position.
You must push in the key to turn the key
from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. The
selector lever must be in the “P” position
before pushing the key.
Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—
Once you remove the key, the engine im-
mobiliser system is automatically set. (See
“Engine immobiliser system” in Section
1- 2.)
When starting the engine, the key may
seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To
free it, first be sure the key is pushed all
the way in, and then rock the steering
wheel slightly while turning the key gently.
NOTICE
Do not leave the key in the “ON”
position if the engine is not running.
The battery will discharge and the
ignition could be damaged.
Ignition switch with steering
lock
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
156
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the lock re-
lease button depressed).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and
key removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking
Automatic transmission
Floor shift type
Overdrive switch
With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while holding the lock
release button in. (The ignition
switch must be in “ON”
position.)
Shift while holding the lock
release button in.
Shift normally.
Lock release button
To prevent misshifting
Selector lever
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
157
(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either a third gear (with
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-
drive on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the over-
drive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the over-
drive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will automatically be on.
When the cruise control is being used,
even if you downshift the transmission by
pushing and releasing the overdrive
switch, engine braking will not applied be-
cause the cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this section.
(c) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” in Section 3. The
transmission must be in “P” or “N”.
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running condi-
tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-
ing, hard towing, etc.
Always turn the overdrive on for better
fuel economy and quieter driving. If the
engine coolant temperature is low, the
transmission will not shift into the over-
drive gear even with the overdrive on.
CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
(d) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:
Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D
OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to the
third gear.
Shift into the “2” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to the second
gear when the vehicle speed drops
down to or lower than 132 km/h (82
mph), and stronger engine braking will
be enabled.
Shift into the “L” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to the first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be en-
abled.
When the cruise control is being used,
even if you downshift the transmission by
pushing and releasing the overdrive
switch, engine braking will not applied be-
cause the cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this section.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
158
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
(e) Using “2” and “L” positions
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described pre-
viously.
With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in the first gear and automatical-
ly shift to second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-
mission is engaged in first gear.
NOTICE
Be careful not to overrev the en-
gine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum al-
lowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . .
“L” 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .
Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission dam-
age from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” position should
be used in hill climbing or hard
towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.
NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the ve-
hicle is moving.
(g) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal pressed down,
fully depress the parking brake pedal
to apply the parking brake securely.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-
tion.
CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any cir-
cumstances while the vehicle is mov-
ing. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
(h) Good driving practice
If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
and down between third gear and over-
drive when climbing a gentle slope, the
overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
to turn the switch on immediately after-
ward.
When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
159
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
NOTICE
Do not hold the vehicle on an up-
grade with the accelerator pedal. It
can cause the transmission to over-
heat. Always use the brake pedal or
parking brake.
(i) Rocking your vehicle if stuck
CAUTION
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the ve-
hicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward or backward as it becomes un-
stuck, causing injury or damage to
nearby people or objects.
NOTICE
If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent dam-
age to the transmission and other
parts.
Do not depress the accelerator ped-
al while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is com-
pletely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.
Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.
If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as tow-
ing.
(j) If you cannot shift the selector le-
ver out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” in Section 4.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
160
Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of “P” position when the
brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
switch in “ON” position and the selector
lever pulled toward you).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is displayed on the in-
strument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and
key removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
2: Stronger engine braking
L: Maximum engine braking
Column shift type
Overdrive switch
Selector lever
With the brake pedal depressed,
shift while pilling the selector
lever toward you. (The ignition
switch must be in “ON”
position.)
Shift while pulling the
selector lever toward you.
Shift normally.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
161
(b) Overdrive switch
You can select either a third gear (with
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-
drive on) by pushing this switch.
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator
light should go off.
Always drive your vehicle with the over-
drive on for better fuel economy and
quieter driving.
If the engine is turned off when the over-
drive is off and restarted, the overdrive
will automatically be on.
When the cruise control is being used,
even if you downshift the transmission by
pushing and releasing the overdrive
switch, engine braking will not applied be-
cause the cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this section.
(c) Normal driving
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How
to start the engine” in Section 3. The
transmission must be in “P” or “N”.
2. With your foot holding down the brake
pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.
When the lever is in the “D” position, the
automatic transmission system will select
the most suitable gear for running condi-
tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-
ing, hard towing, etc.
Always turn the overdrive on for better
fuel economy and quieter driving. If the
engine coolant temperature is low, the
transmission will not shift into the over-
drive gear even with the overdrive on.
CAUTION
Never put your foot on the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
(d) Using engine braking
To use engine braking, you can downshift
the transmission as follows:
Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D
OFF” indicator light will come on and
the transmission will downshift to the
third gear.
Shift into the “2” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to the second
gear when the vehicle speed drops
down to or lower than 132 km/h (82
mph), and stronger engine braking will
be enabled.
Shift into the “L” position. The trans-
mission will downshift to the first gear
When the vehicle speed drops down to
or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and
maximum engine braking will be ap-
plied.
When the cruise control is being used,
even if you downshift the transmission by
pushing and releasing the overdrive
switch, engine braking will not applied be-
cause the cruise control is not cancelled.
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
see “Cruise control” in this section.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
162
CAUTION
Be careful when downshifting on a
slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to spin or
skid.
(e) Using “2” and “L” positions
The “2” and “L” positions are used for
strong engine braking as described pre-
viously.
With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you
can start the vehicle in motion as with the
lever in “D”.
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle
will start in the first gear and automatical-
ly shift to the second gear.
With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-
mission is engaged in the first gear.
NOTICE
Be careful not to overrev the en-
gine. Watch the tachometer to keep
engine rpm from going into the red
zone. The approximate maximum al-
lowable speed for each position is
given below for your reference:
“2” 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . .
“L” 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .
Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the
“2” or “L” position. This may cause
severe automatic transmission dam-
age from overheating. To prevent
such damage, “D” position should
be used in hill climbing or hard
towing.
(f) Backing up
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal held down with
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
“R” position.
NOTICE
Never shift into reverse while the ve-
hicle is moving.
(g) Parking
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal pressed down,
fully depress the parking brake pedal
to apply the parking brake securely.
3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-
tion.
CAUTION
Never attempt to move the selector
lever into “P” position under any cir-
cumstances while the vehicle is mov-
ing. Serious mechanical damage and
loss of vehicle control may result.
(h) Good driving practice
If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
and down between third gear and over-
drive when climbing a gentle slope, the
overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
to turn the switch on immediately after-
ward.
When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use overdrive.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
163
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
NOTICE
Do not hold the vehicle on an up-
grade with the accelerator pedal. It
can cause the transmission to over-
heat. Always use the brake pedal or
parking brake.
(i) Rocking your vehicle if stuck
CAUTION
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the ve-
hicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward or backward as it becomes un-
stuck, causing injury or damage to
nearby people or objects.
NOTICE
If you rock your vehicle, observe the
following precautions to prevent dam-
age to the transmission and other
parts.
Do not depress the accelerator ped-
al while shifting the selector lever
or before the transmission is com-
pletely shifted to forward or reverse
gear.
Do not race the engine and avoid
spinning the wheels.
If your vehicle remains stuck after
rocking the vehicle several times,
consider other ways such as tow-
ing.
(j) If you cannot shift the selector le-
ver out of “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” in Section 4.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
164
Traction control system
The traction control system automatical-
ly helps control the spinning of the
front wheels which may occur when ac-
celerating on slippery road surfaces,
thus assisting driver to control the driv-
ing power of the front wheels.
Leave the system on during ordinary
driving so that it can operate when
needed. When traction control is ap-
plied, the slip indicator light blinks.
While the “VSC” warning light and “VSC
OFF” indicator light come on, the traction
control system cannot be operated.
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
is started. This means that the traction
control system is in the self- check mode,
and does not indicate malfunction.
When the traction control system is oper-
ating, you may feel vibration or noise of
your vehicle, caused by operation of the
brakes. This indicates the system is func-
tioning properly.
When getting the vehicle out of mud or
new snow, etc. the traction control system
will help operate to prevent the wheels
from spinning.
You can turn off the traction control
system by pushing the “VSC OFF”
switch. The “VSC OFF” indicator light
will come on. Pushing the “VSC OFF”
switch a second time turns on the trac-
tion control system again and the “VSC
OFF” indicator light will go off. At this
time, the vehicle skid control also turns
off and on simultaneously.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
165
TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE
WARNING
These lights warn that when there is a
problem somewhere in the traction control
system.
The lights will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after
about a few seconds.
If the “VSC” warning light and “VSC OFF”
indicator light come on, the traction con-
trol system does not work. However, as
conventional braking operates when ap-
plied, there is no problem to continue your
driving.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle:
The “VSC” warning light and/or “VSC
OFF” indicator light do/does not come
on after the ignition is turned to on.
The “VSC” warning light and “VSC
OFF” indicator light are left on after the
ignition is turned to on.
The “VSC” warning light and “VSC
OFF” indicator light comes on while
driving without pushing “VSC OFF”
switch.
CAUTION
Under certain slippery road condi-
tions, full traction of the vehicle and
power to the front wheels can not be
maintained, even though the traction
control system is in operation. Do not
drive the vehicle under any speed or
maneuvering conditions which will
cause the vehicle to lose traction. In
situations where the road surface is
covered with ice or snow, your ve-
hicle should be fitted with snow tires
or tire chains. Always drive at ap-
propriate and cautious pace.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
166
Vehicle skid control system
The vehicle skid control system helps
provide comprehensive control of the
systems such as an anti- lock brake
system, brake assist system, traction
control, engine control, etc. This sys-
tem automatically controls the output of
the brakes or engine to help prevent
the vehicle from skidding when corner-
ing on a slippery road surface or
abrupt steering wheel operation occurs.
If the vehicles is going to skid during
driving, the slip indicator light flashes and
an alarm sounds intermittently.
The vehicle skid control system activates
when the vehicle speed is about more
than 15 km/h (9 mph).
While the “VSC” warning light and “VSC
OFF” indicator light come on, the vehicle
skid control system cannot be operated.
You may hear a sound in the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
is started. This means that the vehicle
skid control is in the self-check mode and
does not indicate a malfunction.
You can turn off the vehicle skid con-
trol system by pushing the “VSC OFF”
switch. The “VSC OFF” indicator light
will come on. Pushing the “VSC OFF”
switch a second time turns the system
again and the “VSC OFF” indicator light
will go off. At this time, the traction
control also turns off and on simulta-
neously.
When you turn the ignition switch on, this
system always turns on.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
167
CAUTION
Do not rely excessively on the ve-
hicle skid control system. Even if
the vehicle skid control system is
operating, it is not that your vehicle
is absolutely safe. Reckless driving
will result in an unexpected acci-
dent. Always keep safety driving in
mind. If the slip indicator light fla-
shes and/or an alarm sounds, spe-
cial care should be taken while
driving.
Only use tires of specified size. The
size, manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern for all 4 tires should be the
same. If you use the tires other
than specified, or different type or
size, the vehicle skid control sys-
tem may not function correctly.
When replacing the tires or wheels,
contact your Toyota dealer.
VEHICLE SKID CONTROL SYSTEM
FAILURE WARNING
These lights warn that when there is a
problem somewhere in the vehicle skid
control system.
The lights will come on when the ignition
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after
about a few seconds.
If the “VSC” warning light and “VSC OFF”
indicator light come on, the vehicle skid
control system does not work. However,
as conventional braking operates when ap-
plied, there is no problem to continue your
driving.
If either of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning light
system. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible to service the vehicle:
The “VSC” warning light and/or “VSC
OFF” indicator light do/does not come
on after the ignition is turned to on.
The “VSC” warning light and “VSC
OFF” indicator light are left on after the
ignition is turned to on.
The “VSC” warning light and “VSC
OFF” indicator light comes on while
driving without pushing “VSC OFF”
switch.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
168
Parking brake
Type A
Type B
When parking, firmly apply the parking
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.
To set: Fully depress the parking brake
pedal. For better holding power, first de-
press the brake pedal and hold it while
setting the parking brake.
To release: Depress the parking brake
pedal while depressing the brake pedal.
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the park-
ing brake reminder light is off.
Cruise control
The cruise control allows you to cruise
the vehicle at a desired speed over 40
km/h (25 mph) with your foot off the
accelerator pedal.
Your cruising speed can be maintained
although a slight speed change may occur
when driving up or down gradient, within
the limits of engine performance. On
steeper hills, a greater speed change will
occur so it is better to drive without the
cruise control.
When the cruise control is on, the driving
pattern of the automatic transmission is
fixed in the normal position, regardless of
the position of the selector switch.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
169
CAUTION
To help maintain maximum control
of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on slip-
pery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or
winding roads.
Avoid vehicle speed increases when
driving downhill. If the vehicle
speed is too fast in relation to the
cruise control set speed, cancel the
cruise control then downshift the
transmission to use engine braking
to slow down.
TURNING ON THE SYSTEM
To operate the cruise control, push “ON/
OFF” button. This turns the system on.
The indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter shows that you can now set your de-
sired cruising speed. Another push will
turn the system completely off.
When the ignition key is turned off, the
system automatically turned off. To use
the cruise control again, push “ON/OFF”
button again to turn it on.
CAUTION
To avoid accidental cruise control en-
gagement, keep the cruise control
system off when not using the cruise
control.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
170
SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED
The transmission must be in “D” before
you set the cruise control speed.
Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,
push “COAST SET” button and release it.
This sets the vehicle at that speed. If the
speed is not satisfactory, push “RES ACC”
button for a faster speed, or push “SET
COAST” button for a slower speed. Each
push changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h
(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off
the accelerator pedal.
If you need acceleration—for example,
when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
the set speed. When you release it, the
vehicle will return to the speed set prior
to the acceleration.
CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED
You can cancel the preset speed by any
of the following:
a. Depressing the brake pedal.
b. Push “CANCEL” button and releasing it.
c. Pushing “ON/OFF” button.
If the vehicle speed falls below about 40
km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will be
automatically cancelled.
If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
mph) below the preset speed, the preset
speed will be also automatically cancelled.
If the preset speed automatically cancels
out for any other reasons, have your ve-
hicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the
earliest opportunity.
RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED
Push ”RES ACC” button and hold it. Re-
lease the button the desired speed is at-
tained. While the button is pushed, the
vehicle will gradually gain speed.
When the difference between the actual
vehicle speed and the set speed is less
than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can
be increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time
by pushing “RES ACC” button quickly
within 0.6 seconds.
However, a faster way to reset is to ac-
celerate the vehicle and then push
“COAST SET” button.
RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED
Push “COAST SET” button and hold it.
Release the button when the desired
speed is attained. While the button is
pushed, the vehicle speed will gradually
decrease.
When the difference is 5 km/h (3 mph) or
more, the vehicle will cruise with its actu-
al speed. When the difference between the
actual vehicle speed and the set speed is
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed
can be lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each
time by pushing “COAST SET” button
quickly within 0.6 seconds.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
171
However, a faster way to reset is to de-
press the brake pedal and then push
”COAST SET” button.
Even if you turn off the overdrive switch
with the cruise control on, engine braking
will not be applied because the cruise
control is not cancelled. To decrease the
vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed
with the cruise control button or depress
the brake pedal. If you use the brake
pedal, cruise control is cancelled.
RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED
If the preset speed is cancelled by push-
ing “CANCEL” button or by depressing the
brake pedal, pushing ”RES ACC” button
will restore the speed set prior to can-
cellation. However, once the vehicle speed
falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the
preset speed will not be resumed.
CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
If “CRUISE” indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster flashes when using the
cruise control, push “ON/OFF” button to
turn the system off and then push it again
to turn it on.
If any of the following conditions then oc-
curs, there is some trouble in the cruise
control system.
The indicator light does not come on.
The indicator light flashes again.
The indicator light goes out after it
comes on.
If this is the case, contact your Toyota
dealer and have your vehicle inspected.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
172
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Car audio system
Reference 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using your audio system 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Car audio system operating hints 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
-
7
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
173
Reference
Type 1: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/
compact disc player/compact disc auto
changer controller
Type 2: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/
compact disc auto changer controller/
compact disc auto changer
This section describes some of the basic
features on Toyota audio systems. Some
information may not pertain to your sys-
tem.
Your audio system works when the ignition
key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off.
Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” to turn
on that function without pushing
“PWR·VOL”.
You can turn on each player by inserting
a cassette tape or compact disc.
You can turn off each player by ejecting
the cassette tape or compact disc. If the
audio system was previously off, then the
entire audio system will be turned off
when you eject the cassette tape or com-
pact disc. If the another function was pre-
viously playing, it will come on again.
SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS
Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” if the
system is already on but you want to
switch from one function to another.
Using your audio system—
—Some basics
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
174
TONE AND BALANCE
For details about your system’s tone and
balance controls, see the description of
your own system.
Tone
How good an audio program sounds to
you is largely determined by the mix of
the treble, midrange, and bass levels. In
fact, different kinds of music and vocal
programs usually sound better with differ-
ent mixes of treble, mid- range and bass.
Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo
channels and of the front and rear sound
levels is also important.
Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
the right/left balance will increase the vol-
ume of one group of sounds while de-
creasing the volume of another.
YOUR RADIO ANTENNA
Your vehicle has an antenna printed on
the inside of the rear window.
NOTICE
Attaching the film (especially conduc-
tive or metallic type) on the rear win-
dow will noticeably reduce the sensi-
tivity of the radio.
YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
When you insert a cassette, the exposed
tape should be to the right.
NOTICE
Do not oil any part of the player and
do not insert anything other than cas-
sette tapes into the slot, or the tape
player may be damaged.
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER
When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. (The player will
automatically eject a disc if the label side
is down.) The compact disc player will
play from track 1 through the end of the
disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.
On models with the compact disc auto
changer, next disc will be played from
track 1.
NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything except a compact
disc into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(5 in.) discs only.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
175
Details of specific buttons, controls, and
features are described in the alphabetical
listing that follows.
—Controls and features
Type 1
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
176
Preset buttons
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station (see “TUNE” or “SEEK”
button). Push and hold down the button
until you hear a beep—this will set the
station to the button. The button number
will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The but-
ton number and station frequency will ap-
pear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” “FM”).
(Eject button)
Push the cassette tape eject button to
eject a cassette. Push the compact disc
eject button to eject a compact disc.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject a cassette or disc,
but you will not be able to reinsert it.
PROG (Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“
” indicates
top side, “
” indicates bottom side).
Auto- reverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
(Reverse/Fast forward button)
Cassette Player
Push the fast forward button to fast for-
ward a cassette tape. “
” will appear
on the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “
” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast forward-
ing, push the fast forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-
winding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-
sette player will stop and then play that
same side. If a tape fast forwards com-
pletely, the cassette player will play the
other side of the tape, using the auto- re-
verse feature.
Compact Disc Player
If you want to fast forward or reverse
through a compact disc track, push and
hold in the fast forward or reverse button.
When you release the button, the compact
disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
177
AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control
and mode adjustment)
Manual tone adjustment function—
This knob is used to adjust the tone
manually.
For low- pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“BASS” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“BASS -5” to “BASS 5”.
For middle- pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“MID” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from “MID
-5” to “MID 5”.
For high- pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“TREB” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“TREB -5” to “TREB 5”.
Sound balance adjustment function—
This knob is also used to adjust the
sound balance between the front and rear,
and the right and left speakers.
For front/rear adjustment, push “AUDIO
CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “FADE”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to adjust the front/rear balance.
The display will show the range from
“FADE FRONT 7” to “FADE REAR 7”.
For left/right adjustment, push “AUDIO
CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” ap-
pears on the display. Then turn the knob
to adjust the left/right balance.
The display will show the range from “BAL
LEFT 7” to “BAL RIGHT 7”.
CD (Compact Disc)
Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-
sette operation to compact disc operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the compact disc player by pushing
“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already
be loaded in the player.
When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played. Each time you push “CD”, the
system changes to the automatic changer.
If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
tem will display one of the six following
error messages.
If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-
cates that the inside of the player unit
may be too hot due to the very high ambi-
ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-
azine from the player and allow the player
to cool down.
If “Err 1” appears on the display, it
indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it
was inserted up-side down. Clean the
disc or insert it correctly.
If “Err 2” appears on the display, it
indicates no disc is loaded inside the
magazine. Insert a disc.
If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the
display, it indicates there is a trouble in-
side the system. Eject the disc or maga-
zine. Set the disc or magazine again.
If “OPEn” appears on the display, it
indicates the compact disc auto changer
lid is open. Close the compact disc auto
changer lid.
If the malfunction is not rectified, take
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
178
DISC
Compact disc auto changer only—
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen to
appears on the display.
Dolby
B NR
∗
If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolby B Noise Reduction,
push the button marked with the double- D
symbol. The double- D symbol will appear
on the display. Push the button again to
turn off Dolby B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-
tion, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.
∗
: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
FM
Push “FM” to turn on the radio and select
the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear
on the display. This system allows you to
set twelve FM stations, two for each but-
ton.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push
“FM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
RND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the com-
pact discs in the magazine in random or-
der, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.
To randomly play the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “
”. “ ”
will appear on the display. The disc you
are listening to will play in random order.
If you hear a beep, you held the button
too long, and the player will play all the
tracks in the magazine in random order.
To turn off the random feature, push this
button again.
Compact disc auto changer only—
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the display
and the player will perform all the tracks
on all the discs in the magazine in ran-
dom order. To turn off the random feature,
push this button again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette Player
Push “
” while the track is playing.
“
” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically be
rewound and replayed. This process will
be continued until you push the button
again to turn off the repeat feature.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the re-
peat feature to work correctly.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
179
Compact Disc Player
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole com-
pact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “
” while the
track is playing. “
” will appear on the
display. If you hear a beep, you held the
button too long, and the player will repeat
the whole disc. When the track ends, it
will automatically be replayed. This pro-
cess will be continued until you push the
button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the display.
The player will repeat all the tracks on the
disc you are listening to. When the disc
ends, the player will automatically go back
to the top track of the disc and replay.
This process will be continued until you
push the button again to turn off the re-
peat feature.
SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-
et station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next pre-
set station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you
hear a beep, you held the button too long,
and the radio will scan the preset sta-
tions. The radio will find the next station
up the station band, stay there for 5 se-
conds, and then scan again. To select a
station, push “SCAN” again.
Compact disc player
There are two scan features—you can ei-
ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the tracks on the disc you
are listening to. If you hear a beep, you
held the button too long, and the player
will scan the first track of all the discs in
the magazine. To select a track, push
“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all
the tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-
ning.
Compact disc auto changer only—
Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
“
·SCAN” will appear on the display
and the player will perform the first track
of the next disc. To select a disc, push
the “SCAN” again. If the player has
scanned all the discs, it will stop scan-
ning.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
180
SEEK (Seeking)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release the “” or “” side of “SEEK”.
Do this again to find the station after that.
If you push and hold the “” or “” side
of “SEEK”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for stations and will stop at
the next station that it finds after the but-
ton is released. on reception. Press the
button again to resume the search.
Cassette Player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.
Push the up or down side of the button.
From “SEEK +9” to “SEEK -9” will appear
on the display.
Next, push either side of the track button
until the number on the display reaches
the number of tracks you want to skip. If
you push the button ten times, the skip
feature will be turned off.
When counting the number of tracks you
want to rewind, remember to count the
current track as well. For example, if you
want to rewind to a song that is two be-
fore the song you are listening to, push
on the down side of the button until “REW
3” appears on the display.
If you have pushed the track button more
than you wanted to, push the other side
of the button. The track number will be
reduced.
The track number you select is not valid
if it is higher than the number of tracks
remaining on the current cassette side.
After the beginning of the tape is
reached, the player will automatically
start playing the same side.
After the end of the tape is reached,
the player will automatically reverse
sides and start playing the other side.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks for the track button
to work correctly. In addition, the feature
may not work well with some spoken
word, live, or classical recordings.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is re-
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prev-
ent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
tion.
TAPE
Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-
pact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact disc player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, push the down side of the button
one time, quickly.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
181
TUNE (Tuning)
Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio
(ETR). Push and release the “” or “”
side of “TUNE” to step up or down the
station band. Do this again to find another
frequency.
If you push and hold the “” or “” side
of “TUNE”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for frequencies and will stop
at the next frequency that it finds after the
button is released. Press the button again
to resume the search.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
182
Details of specific buttons, controls, and
features are described in the alphabetical
listing that follows.
Type 2
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
183
Preset buttons
These buttons are used to preset and
tune in radio stations.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in
the desired station (see “TUNE” or “SEEK”
button). Push and hold down the button
until you hear a beep—this will set the
station to the button. The button number
will appear on the display.
To tune in to a preset station: Push the
button for the station you want. The but-
ton number and station frequency will ap-
pear on the display.
These systems can store one AM and two
FM stations for each button (The display
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you
push “AM” “FM”).
(Eject button)
Cassette tape
Push the cassette tape eject button to
eject a cassette.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject a cassette, but you
will not be able to reinsert it.
Compact disc
To eject one compact disc only: Push and
release the compact disc eject button. If
you hold the button too long (if the audio
system is on at this time, you hear a
beep.), the mechanism will change to the
mode for ejecting all the discs loaded in
the changer. You can also eject any spe-
cific one of the discs loaded in the chang-
er as follows:
1. Push either side of the “DISC” button
until the number of the disc you want
to eject is displayed.
2. Push and release the compact disc
eject button.
To eject all the discs loaded in the chang-
er: Push and hold the compact disc eject
button (until you hear a beep when the
audio system is on). The last compact
disc played before pushing the button will
be ejected first. If a disc is left in the slot
for a long time, the function to eject all
the discs will be automatically cancelled.
After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you
will be able to eject one compact disc
only or all the discs loaded in the chang-
er, but you will not be able to reinsert it
or them.
PROG (Program)
Push “
” to select the other side of a
cassette tape. The display indicates which
side is currently selected (“” indicates top
side, “” indicates bottom side).
Auto- reverse feature: After the cassette
player reaches the end of a tape side, it
automatically reverses and begins to play
the other side. This is true whether the
cassette was playing or fast forwarding.
(Reverse/Fast forward button)
Cassette Player
Push the fast forward button to fast for-
ward a cassette tape. “
” will appear
on the display. Push the reverse button to
rewind a tape. “
” will appear on the
display.
To stop the tape while it is fast forward-
ing, push the fast forward button or
“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-
winding, push the reverse button or
“TAPE”.
If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-
sette player will stop and then play that
same side. If a tape fast forwards com-
pletely, the cassette player will play the
other side of the tape, using the auto- re-
verse feature.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
184
Compact Disc Player
If you want to fast forward or reverse
through a compact disc track, push and
hold in the fast forward or reverse button.
When you release the button, the compact
disc player will resume playing.
AM
Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select
the AM band. “AM” will appear on the
display.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push
“AM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control
and mode adjustment)
Manual tone adjustment function—
This knob is used to adjust the tone
manually.
For low- pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“BASS” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“BASS -5” to “BASS 5”.
For middle- pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“MID” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from “MID
-5” to “MID 5”.
For high- pitch tone adjustment, push
“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until
“TREB” appears on the display. Then turn
the knob to suit your preference.
The display will show the range from
“TREB -5” to “TREB 5”.
Sound balance adjustment function—
This knob is also used to adjust the
sound balance between the front and rear,
and the right and left speakers.
For front/rear adjustment, push “AUDIO
CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “FADE”
appears on the display. Then turn the
knob to adjust the front/rear balance.
The display will show the range from
“FADE FRONT 7” to “FADE REAR 7”.
For left/right adjustment, push “AUDIO
CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” ap-
pears on the display. Then turn the knob
to adjust the left/right balance.
The display will show the range from “BAL
LEFT 7” to “BAL RIGHT 7”.
CD (Compact Disc)
Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-
sette operation to compact disc operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the compact disc player by pushing
“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already
be loaded in the player.
When the audio is set into compact disc
operation, the display shows the track or,
track and disc number currently being
played.
If the player or another unit equipped with
the player malfunctions, your audio system
will display one of the six following error
messages.
If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-
cates that the inside of the player unit
may be too hot due to the very high ambi-
ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-
azine from the player and allow the player
to cool down.
If “Err 1” appears on the display, it
indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it
was inserted up-side down. Clean the
disc or insert it correctly.
If “Err 2” appears on the display, it
indicates no disc is loaded inside the
magazine. Insert a disc.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
185
If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the
display, it indicates there is a trouble in-
side the system. Eject the disc or maga-
zine. Set the disc or magazine again.
If “OPEn” appears on the display, it
indicates the compact disc auto changer
lid is open. Close the compact disc auto
changer lid.
If the malfunction is not rectified, take
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
DISC
By using this button, you can select a
disc you wish to listen to.
Push either side of the button until the
number of the disc you want to listen to
appears on the display.
Dolby
B NR
∗
If you are listening to a tape that was
recorded with Dolby B Noise Reduction,
push the button marked with the double- D
symbol. The double- D symbol will appear
on the display. Push the button again to
turn off Dolby B NR.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-
tion, play your tapes with this button on
or off according to the mode used for
recording the tape.
∗
: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the
double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
FM
Push “FM” to turn on the radio and select
the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear
on the display. This system allows you to
set twelve FM stations, two for each but-
ton.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push
“FM” to switch from cassette or compact
disc operation to radio operation.
LOAD
This button is used to load the compact
discs in the compact disc auto changer
which is integrated with the radio and cas-
sette player. This compact disc auto
changer can store up to 6 discs.
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
position.
Loading one compact disc only—
To load one compact disc only, quickly
push and release the button. If you hold
the button too long (if the audio system
is on at this time, you hear a beep.), the
mechanism will change to the mode for
loading multiple compact discs. After
pushing the button, insert a compact disc.
After the disc is loaded, the shutter of the
slot will close.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
Loading multiple compact discs—
To load multiple compact discs, push and
hold (until you hear a beep when the au-
dio system is on). After pushing the but-
ton, insert the first compact disc. After the
disc is loaded, the shutter of the slot will
close. After a few seconds, the shutter
will automatically open again so the next
disc can be inserted. The same process
can be applied for loading the rest of the
discs.
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter
will close after 15 seconds.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
186
MSG (Message)
This button is used to display a radio text
message. It is also used to store and
recall radio text messages.
To receive radio text, turn RDS on (see
“RDS”), and tune to an RDS station that
broadcasts radio text messages. When the
radio receives a radio test message,
“MSG” will appear on the display. Push
this button at this time to display the radio
text message. The message display will
be canceled if you activate any function
that affects the display. After the entire
message has been displayed, the mes-
sage will disappear. To view the message
again, push this button a second time.
To store a radio text message, push and
hold this button for more than 1.7 seconds
while the message is being displayed. A
beep will sound, indicating that the mes-
sage has been stored. At this time “MSG
STORED” appears on the display. Up to
three 64- character messages can be
stored. If 3 messages are already in stor-
age, the oldest message will be removed
to make room for a new message.
To recall a radio text message, push this
button for less than 1.7 seconds. The
most recently received stored message
will appear on the display, even if it has
already been displayed. Pushing this but-
ton for less than 1.7 seconds while the
most recent message is being displayed
will recall the newest stored message. If
2 or more messages have been stored,
the other stored messages will be toggled
through each time you push this button
(while a stored message is on display).
If no messages have been stored, or if
there are no more messages to be re-
called, “NO MSG STORED” will appear on
the display, and the message display will
be canceled. The display then returns to
show the program service name. The
message display will be canceled if you
activate any function that affects the dis-
play.
Message display can be canceled by
pressing any of the following buttons:
“AM”, “FM”, “CD”, “TAPE”, “LOAD”,
“SEEK”, “TUNE”, any preset, “SCAN”, any
audio control, “RDS”, “SRCH”, or “<PROG
TYPES>”. If the current station is not a
traffic program and traffic announcements
is off, pushing “TRAF” will cancel the dis-
play. The message will be canceled after
the entire message has been displayed.
<PROG TYPES> (Program Types)
This button is used for program type
(PTY) search of RDS stations. 32 program
types are available as listed here.
By pushing this button, RDS is turned on
if it was off (“RDS” will display), and the
radio is switched to FM type mode. If
program type search has not previously
performed, the radio will start a program
type search (see “SRCH” for details on
program type search).
If a program type search has previously
been performed in FM1 or FM2, the radio
will return to the last active program type.
If you are already in FM type mode and
a program type is not already being dis-
played, pushing this button will recall the
display for the current program type.
After a program type is being displayed,
subsequent pushes within 3 seconds will
toggle through the available program
types. Pushing the right or left arrows
repeatedly will increment or decrement the
display through the available program
types in alphabetical order.
If a type search was started, it can be
canceled as described in “SRCH.”
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
187
Program Type List
The following program type names are
available. After a program type search,
the radio will display one of the following
program types for 3 seconds, then the
program type name for 3 seconds (if
available). After that, it will display the
program service name (subject to an
8- character limit) of the current station.
The following table lists each display and
its program type.
Display
Program type (PTY)
None 0
News 1
Inform 2
Sports 3
Talk 4
Rock 5
Cls Rock 6
Adlt Hit 7
Soft Rck 8
Top 40 9
Country 10
Oldies 11
Soft 12
Display Program type (PTY)
Nostalga 13
Jazz 14
Classicl 15
R & B 16
Soft R&B 17
Language 18
Rel Musc 19
Rel Talk 20
Persnlty 21
Public 22
College 23
PTY- 24 24
PTY- 25 25
PTY- 26 26
PTY- 27 27
PTY- 28 28
Weather 29
Test 30
Alert! 31
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
RDS (Radio Data System)
If the FM radio, cassette player or com-
pact disc player is on, pushing this button
will turn RDS on or off.
Turning RDS on will display “RDS” and
other appropriate RDS displays including
“<TRAF>”, “TYPE” and “MSG”. If the radio
is tuned to an RDS station, the program
service name, such as “ROCK 107”, will
appear on the display.
When RDS is turned on, various types of
information are displayed. These include
the program type (PTY) currently being
broadcast, the program service name, traf-
fic announcements and emergency alert
message. There are five buttons that con-
trol RDS: “RDS”, “SRCH”, “<PROG
TYPES>”, “TRAF” and “MSG”. (See each
button’s description in this alphabetical
listing.) Emergency alert message is
broadcast when the audio is on even if
the RDS function is turned off (see “Alert!
display”). RDS is also turned on if the
audio system is on by pushing other RDS
buttons except “MSG”.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
188
“Alert!” display
The alert program type sends emergency
alert messages. The radio will receive
alert messages if it is on and tuned to an
RDS station, or if the previous station was
an RDS station. If the radio receives an
alert announcement, it will interrupt the
previous mode, display “Alert!,” adjust the
volume to Traffic Announcement level, and
broadcast the alert. Then, it will return to
the previous mode and volume level.
An alert message in progress can be can-
celled by activating any function. However,
the PTY-31 interrupt feature can only be
turned off by turning off the ignition.
RND (Random)
There are two random features—you can
either listen to the tracks on all the com-
pact discs in the magazine in random or-
der, or only listen to the tracks on a
specific compact disc in random order.
To randomly play the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “
”. “ ”
will appear on the display. The disc you
are listening to will play in random order.
If you hear a beep, you held the button
too long, and the player will play all the
tracks in the magazine in random order.
To turn off the random feature, push this
button again.
To randomly play all the tracks in the
magazine:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the display
and the player will perform all the tracks
on all the discs in the magazine in ran-
dom order. To turn off the random feature,
push this button again.
RPT (Repeat)
Cassette Player
Push “
” while the track is playing.
“
” will appear on the display. When
the track ends, it will automatically be
rewound and replayed. This process will
be continued until you push the button
again to turn off the repeat feature.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks in order for the re-
peat feature to work correctly.
Compact Disc Player
There are two repeat features—You can
either replay a disc track or a whole com-
pact disc.
Repeating a track:
Quickly push and release “
” while the
track is playing. “
” will appear on the
display. If you hear a beep, you held the
button too long, and the player will repeat
the whole disc. When the track ends, it
will automatically be replayed. This pro-
cess will be continued until you push the
button again to turn off the repeat feature.
Repeating a disc:
Push and hold “
” until you hear a
beep. “
” will appear on the display.
The player will repeat all the tracks on the
disc you are listening to. When the disc
ends, the player will automatically go back
to the top track of the disc and replay.
This process will be continued until you
push the button again to turn off the re-
peat feature.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
189
SCAN
Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on
a band or scan only the preset stations
for that band.
To scan the preset stations:
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-
et station up the band, stay there for 5
seconds, and then move to the next pre-
set station. To select a station, push
“SCAN” again.
To scan all the frequencies:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you
hear a beep, you held the button too long,
and the radio will scan the preset sta-
tions. The radio will find the next station
up the station band, stay there for 5 se-
conds, and then scan again. To select a
station, push “SCAN” again.
Compact disc player
There are two scan features—you can ei-
ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
magazine.
Scanning the tracks on a disc:
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
will appear on the display and the player
will scan all the tracks on the disc you
are listening to. If you hear a beep, you
held the button too long, and the player
will scan the first track of all the discs in
the magazine. To select a track, push
“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all
the tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-
ning.
Scanning the first track of all the discs in
the magazine:
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
“DSCAN” will appear on the display and
the player will perform the first track of
the next disc. To select a disc, push the
“SCAN” again. If the player has scanned
all the discs, it will stop scanning.
SEEK (Seeking)
Radio
In the seek mode, the radio finds and
plays the next station up or down the
station band.
To seek the next station, quickly push and
release the “” or “” side of “SEEK”.
Do this again to find the station after that.
If you push and hold the “” or “” side
of “SEEK”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for stations and will stop at
the next station that it finds after the but-
ton is released. on reception. Press the
button again to resume the search.
Cassette Player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.
Push the up or down side of the button.
From “SEEK +9” to “SEEK -9” will appear
on the display.
Next, push either side of the track button
until the number on the display reaches
the number of tracks you want to skip. If
you push the button ten times, the skip
feature will be turned off.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
190
When counting the number of tracks you
want to rewind, remember to count the
current track as well. For example, if you
want to rewind to a song that is two be-
fore the song you are listening to, push
on the down side of the button until “REW
3” appears on the display.
If you have pushed the track button more
than you wanted to, push the other side
of the button. The track number will be
reduced.
The track number you select is not valid
if it is higher than the number of tracks
remaining on the current cassette side.
After the beginning of the tape is
reached, the player will automatically
start playing the same side.
After the end of the tape is reached,
the player will automatically reverse
sides and start playing the other side.
There must be at least 3 seconds of blank
space between tracks for the track button
to work correctly. In addition, the feature
may not work well with some spoken
word, live, or classical recordings.
SRCH (Search)
This button allows you to search all avail-
able RDS stations out of the entire FM
band and sort them by program type (see
“<PROG TYPES>” for details on program
types).
By pushing this button, RDS is turned on
if it was off (“RDS” will display). The radio
is switched to FM type mode. During the
program type search, “SEARCHING....” will
show on the display. Also at this time,
“FM” and “TYPE” will appear on the dis-
play to indicate that the preset buttons are
for program type presets.
After searching for all available RDS sta-
tions, the radio will activate the previously
active program type. If the previously ac-
tive program type is not available, or if
the radio has not yet performed a program
type search, the radio will activate the
first program type, in alphabetical order,
that has stations in memory. The radio will
preset the stations of the current program
type into the preset buttons.
If more than 6 stations of a program type
are found, the radio will create a second
bank of presets, such as “Rock 1” and
“Rock 2”. These are accessible through
the “<PROG TYPES>” button. If more than
12 stations are found, the radio will load
the 12 strongest stations of the program
type into the presets.
After the search is complete, the radio will
display the number of RDS stations found
for 3 seconds: for example, “Found 19
RDS.” The radio will then display the se-
lected program type for 3 seconds: for
example, “ROCK.” After the program type
has been displayed for 3 seconds, the
radio will display the program type name
for 3 seconds. After that, the radio will
display the program service name.
Day mode (headlights off): The radio will
only display the number of presets that
have a frequency for the selected program
type. For example, if program type Rock
is selected, and there are three rock sta-
tions, only preset numbers 1, 2 and 3 will
be displayed. The remaining preset num-
bers will not be displayed and the remain-
ing presets will have no function.
Night mode (headlights on): In addition to
the display described for day mode, the
radio will illuminate the jewels of the pre-
sets that have stations available. The re-
maining presets will have no function.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
191
A type search in progress can be can-
celed by pushing the following buttons:
“SEEK”, “TUNE”, “SCAN”, “AM”, “FM”, any
preset button, “CD” (if CD mode is avail-
able), “TAPE” (if tape mode is available),
“RDS”, “SRCH”, “<PROG TYPES>”,
“TRAF”, or “LOAD”. If any of these but-
tons is pressed, the search will be can-
celed and the appropriate function started.
Inserting a tape can also cancel the
search.
If no RDS stations are found, “FOUND 0
RDS” will display and the radio will return
to the previous FM mode and frequency.
ST (Stereo reception) display
Your radio automatically changes to stereo
reception when a stereo broadcast is re-
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
the amount of channel separation to prev-
ent the weak signal from creating noise.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
tion.
TAPE
Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-
pact disc operation to cassette operation.
If the audio system is off, you can turn
on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.
In both cases, a cassette must already be
loaded in the player.
TRACK (Track up/down button):
Compact disc player
By using this button, you can skip up or
down to a different track.
Push either side of the track button until
the number of the track you want to listen
to appears on the display. If you want to
return to the beginning of the current
track, push the down side of the button
one time, quickly.
TRAF (Traffic)
This button turns the traffic announcement
(TA) feature on and off. This button can
operate in RDS mode, or if the FM radio,
cassette player or compact disc player is
on.
By pushing this button, RDS is turned on
if it was off (“RDS” will display), and traf-
fic announcement feature is on. “TRAF”
appears on the display when the radio is
tuned to a traffic station. When the traffic
announcement feature is on, “< >” will be
displayed around “TRAF” (“<TRAF>”).
If the current station is not a traffic sta-
tion, the radio will start a traffic program
search in increasing frequency order. Dur-
ing a traffic program search, “Seek Traffic”
will display. If no traffic programs are
found, “No Traf Info” will display.
If the radio receives a traffic announce-
ment, it will interrupt the cassette player
or compact disc mode (if either one was
on), adjust the volume to Traffic An-
nouncement level, and broadcast the traf-
fic announcement. During a traffic an-
nouncement, “Traf Announce” will appear
on the display. After traffic announcement,
it will return to the previous mode and
volume level.
TA volume memory function—The volume
when receiving the traffic announcement is
memorized.
When “TA” is received next time, the sys-
tem compares the volume before “TA” is
received and the memorized TA volume
and automatically selects the louder vol-
ume. However, the range of volume
memory is limited: if the volume received
previously is less than the minimum, this
volume will be the minimum range.
You can adjust the volume independently
from the memorized TA volume range
while receiving a TA station.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
192
Traffic announcement can be canceled by
turning RDS off, or pressing the “TRAF”
button again.
TUNE (Tuning)
Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio
(ETR). Push and release the “” or “”
side of “TUNE” to step up or down the
station band. Do this again to find another
frequency.
If you push and hold the “” or “” side
of “TUNE”, the radio will continue seeking
up or down for frequencies and will stop
at the next frequency that it finds after the
button is released. Press the button again
to resume the search.
NOTICE
To ensure the correct audio system
operation:
Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio system.
Do not put anything other than a
cassette tape or Compact Disc into
the slot.
The use of cellular phone inside or
near the vehicle may cause a noise
from the speakers of the audio sys-
tem which you are listening to.
However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
RADIO RECEPTION
Usually, a problem with radio reception
does not mean there is a problem with
your radio—it is just the normal result of
conditions outside the vehicle.
For example, nearby buildings and terrain
can interfere with FM reception. Power
lines or telephone wires can interfere with
AM signals. And of course, radio signals
have a limited range. The farther you are
from a station, the weaker its signal will
be. In addition, reception conditions
change constantly as your vehicle moves.
Here are some common reception prob-
lems that probably do not indicate a prob-
lem with your radio:
FM
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25
miles). Once outside this range, you may
notice fading and drifting, which increase
with the distance from the radio transmit-
ter. They are often accompanied by distor-
tion.
Multi- path—FM signals are reflective,
making it possible for two signals to reach
your antenna at the same time. If this
happens, the signals will cancel each oth-
er out, causing a momentary flutter or
loss of reception.
Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.
Station swapping—If the FM signal you
are listening to is interrupted or weak-
ened, and there is another strong station
nearby on the FM band, your radio may
tune in the second station until the origi-
nal signal can be picked up again.
Car audio system operating
hints
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
193
AM
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
the upper atmosphere- especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with
those received directly from the radio sta-
tion, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak.
Station interference—When a reflected sig-
nal and a signal received directly from a
radio station are very nearly the same
frequency, they can interfere with each
other, making it difficult to hear the broad-
cast.
Static—AM is easily affected by external
sources of electrical noise, such as high
tension power lines, lightening, or electri-
cal motors. This results in static.
CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER
AND TAPES
For the best performance for your cas-
sette player and tapes:
Clean the tape head and other parts regu-
larly.
A dirty tape head or tape path can
decrease sound quality and tangle your
cassette tapes. The easiest way to
clean them is by using a cleaning tape.
Use high- quality cassettes.
Low- quality cassette tapes can cause
many problems, including poor sound,
inconsistent playing speed, and
constant auto- reversing. They can also
get stuck or tangled in the cassette
player.
Do not use a cassette if it has been
damaged or tangled or if its label is
peeling off.
Do not leave a cassette in the player
if you are not listening to it, especially
if it is hot outside.
Store cassettes in their cases and out
of direct sunlight.
Avoid using cassettes with a total play-
ing time longer than 100 minutes (50
minutes per side). The tape used in
these cassettes is thin and could get
stuck or tangled in the cassette player.
CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC
PLAYER AND DISCS
Use only compact discs labeled as
shown.
Extremely high temperatures can keep
your compact disc player from working.
On hot days, use the air conditioning
to cool the vehicle interior before you
listen to a disc.
Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
make your compact disc player skip.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
194
If moisture gets into your compact disc
player, you may not hear any sound
even though your compact disc player
appears to be working. Remove the
disc from the player and wait until it
dries.
Your automatic changer or compact
disc player cannot play special shaped
or low-quality compact discs such as
those shown here. Do not use them as
the changer or player could be dam-
aged.
Handle compact discs carefully, espe-
cially when you are inserting them.
Hold them on the edge and do not
bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints
on them, particularly on the shiny side.
Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, or
other disc damage could cause the
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the
disc up to the light.)
Remove discs from the compact disc
player when you are not listening to
them. Store them in their plastic cases
away from moisture, heat, and direct
sunlight.
To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a
soft, lint- free cloth that has been damp-
ened with water. Wipe in a straight line
from the center to the edge of the disc
(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,
lint- free cloth. Do not use a conventional
record cleaner or anti- static device.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
195
CAUTION
Compact disc players use an invisible
laser beam which could cause hazard-
ous radiation exposure if directed
outside the unit. Be sure to operate
the player correctly.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
196
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Manual air conditioning system
Controls 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic air conditioning system
Controls 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air flow selector settings 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating tips 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side vents 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioning filter 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
-
8
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
197
1. Temperature Selector
(mainly for driver and secondarily for
front passenger)
2. Air Intake Selector
3. “A/C” Button
4. Temperature Selector
(mainly for front passenger and
secondarily for driver)
5. Air Flow Selector
6. Fan Speed Selector
Manual air conditioning system—
—Controls
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
198
Fan speed selector
Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to
the right to increase, to the left to de-
crease.
Temperature selector
Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—
to the right to warm, to the left to cool.
Knowledge for the two- temperature se-
lector operation
This air conditioning system has two inde-
pendent temperature selectors: left and
right (for the use of driver and front pas-
senger respectively).
There are cases where the temperature
of the airflow may not accurately corre-
late on the driver and front passenger
side according to circumstances, even
if the left and right temperature selec-
tors are set at the same temperature.
If this situation occurs, use the fine
tune operation to adjust the air temper-
ature on one side.
Note: This manual dual temperature se-
lectors should generally only be used
as independent temperature settings for
the left and right.
There are cases where one or both of
the airflow temperatures may not accu-
rately correlate with the set tempera-
ture according to circumstances, when
the airflow temperature settings on the
left and right are substantially different.
For example, if the left controller is set
at central or neutral temperature while
the right one is set at maximum heat-
ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa.
If this situation occurs, use the fine
tune operation to adjust the air temper-
ature on each side.
Air flow selector
Turn the knob to select the vents used for
air flow.
1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the
instrument panel vents.
2. Bi- level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
When you set the temperature selector
setting at about the center, warm air
flows out of the floor vents and rela-
tively low- temperature air flows out of
the center and side vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
199
4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
floor/windshield position turns on the
defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-
take selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
windshield position turns on the defog-
ging function with the purpose of clear-
ing the front view.
This position allows the air intake to
select FRESH automatically. This is to
clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to
RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-
take selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears
the front view more quickly.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” de-
scribed below.
Air intake selector
Press the button to select the air source.
An indicator light will illuminate to show
which air intake mode is being selected.
1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside
the vehicle.
2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the sys-
tem.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automati-
cally to FRESH depending on the condi-
tion of the air conditioning system.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
200
“A/C” button
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
is a problem in the air conditioning system
and the air conditioning automatically
shuts off. If this happens, take your ve-
hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
201
—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips
To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.
Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.
Keep the area under the front seats
clear to allow air to circulate through-
out the vehicle.
On cold days, turn the fan speed se-
lector to adjust the fan speed high for
a minute to help clear the intake ducts
of snow or moisture. This can reduce
the amount of fogging on the windows.
When driving on dusty roads, close all
windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-
hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.
On some models
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
202
If following another vehicle on a dusty
road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.
Heating
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF
For quick heating, select recirculated
air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh af-
ter the vehicle interior has been
warmed.
Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-
fied heating.
Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.
Air conditioning
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON
For quick cooling, select recirculated
air for a few minutes.
Ventilation
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards COLD
(blue zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
203
Defogging
The inside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone) to heat;
COLD (blue zone) to
cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
shield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
When turning the air flow selector to wind-
shield or floor/windshield position, the air
intake selects FRESH automatically. This
is to clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to RE-
CIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield—the difference be-
tween the outside and inside tempera-
tures could make the fogging worse.
Defrosting
The outside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Temperature—Towards WARM
(red zone)
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
shield or floor/windshield position turns on
the defrosting function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
When turning the air flow selector to wind-
shield or floor/windshield position, the air
intake selects FRESH automatically. This
is to clean up the front view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to RE-
CIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
To heat the vehicle interior while de-
frosting the windshield, choose
floor/windshield air flow.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
204
1. “AUTO” Button
2. “OFF” Button
3. Air Intake Selector
4. Windshield Air Flow Button
5. “A/C” Button
6. “DUAL” Button
7. Temperature Selector
(Only for the independent mode that
display shows “DUAL”; mainly for front
passenger and secondarily for driver)
8. “MODE” Button (air flow selector)
9. Fan Speed Selector
10. Temperature Selector
(At the independent mode that display
shows “DUAL”; mainly for driver and
secondarily for front passenger)
(At the linked mode that display does
not show “DUAL”; for driver)
Automatic air conditioning system—
—Controls
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
205
“AUTO” button
For automatic operation of the air condi-
tioning, press the “AUTO” button. “AUTO”
will appear on the display to show that
the automatic operation mode has been
selected.
In the automatic operation mode, the air
conditioning selects the most suitable fan
speed, air flow, air intake and on- off of
the air conditioning according to the tem-
perature.
When you press the “AUTO” button with
the air intake mode at FRESH, internal
circulation may be applied for maximum
cooling.
You may use manual controls if you want
to select your own settings.
To turn off the automatic operation, press
the “OFF” button.
Fan speed selector
Push the “>” (increase) or “<” (decrease)
side of the button to adjust the fan speed.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to adjust the fan speed unless you desire
another fan speed mode.
Temperature selector
To increase the temperature, press the
“” side, to decrease it, press the “”
side.
“MAX COLD” appears when you adjust to
maximum cooling, and “MAX HOT” when
you adjust to maximum warming.
The temperature display changes between
“C” and “F” when the unit of the outside
temperature gauge is changed.
“DUAL” button
This switch is used to set the tempera-
tures independently for the driver’s seat
and front passenger seat.
Pushing the button changes the mode
from independent and linked.
Independent mode: Temperatures can be
set independently for the driver’s seat and
front passenger’s seat. “DUAL” will appear
on the display to show that the indepen-
dent mode has been selected.
Linked mode: The same temperature is
set for the driver’s seat and front passen-
ger’s seat.
When the temperature for the front pas-
senger’s seat is changed in linked mode,
the mode is changed automatically to in-
dependent mode.
Knowledge for the two- temperature se-
lector operation
This air conditioning system has two inde-
pendent temperature selectors: left and
right (for the use of driver and front pas-
senger respectively).
There are cases where the temperature
of the airflow may not accurately corre-
late on the driver and front passenger
side according to circumstances, even
if the left and right temperature selec-
tors are set at the same temperature.
If this situation occurs, use the fine
tune operation to adjust the air temper-
ature on one side.
There are cases where one or both of
the airflow temperatures may not accu-
rately correlate with the set tempera-
ture according to circumstances, when
the airflow temperature settings on the
left and right are substantially different.
For example, if the left controller is set
at central or neutral temperature while
the right one is set at maximum heat-
ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa.
If this situation occurs, use the fine
tune operation to adjust the air temper-
ature on each side.
“OFF” button
Push the “OFF” button to turn off the air
conditioning system.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
206
“MODE” button (air flow selector)
Push the “MODE” button to select the
vents used for air flow.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to select the air flow unless you desire
another air flow mode.
1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the
instrument panel vents.
2. Bi- level—Air flows from both the floor
vents and the instrument panel vents.
When you set the temperature selector
setting at about the middle in automatic
operation, warm air flows out of the
floor vents and relatively low- tempera-
ture air flows out of the center and
side vents.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly
from the floor vents and windshield
vents.
Use with the air intake selector posi-
tioned in FRESH.
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” de-
scribed below.
Windshield air flow button
When this button is pressed, air flows
mainly from the windshield vents and
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
Pressing this button once again returns
the air flow mode to the last one used.
This button allows the air intake to select
FRESH automatically. This is to clean up
the front view more quickly. If you want
to return the setting to RECIRCULATE
mode, press the air intake selector button
once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
207
For details about air flow selector settings,
see “—Air flow selector settings” de-
scribed below.
Air intake selector
The air intake selector button is used to
switch the air intake FRESH mode that
draws outside air into the system and RE-
CIRCULATED mode that recirculates the
air inside vehicle.
Press the button to select the air source.
The air intake mode which is being se-
lected is shown on the display.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automati-
cally to FRESH depending on the condi-
tion of the air conditioning system.
For example, when the ambient tempera-
ture is low, the air intake mode may
change automatically to FRESH. This is
not a malfunction.
“A/C” button
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
is a problem in the air conditioning system
and the air conditioning automatically
shuts off. If this happens, take your ve-
hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
208
—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips
To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.
Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield. The windshield could
fog up because of the difference in air
temperature on the inside and outside
of the windshield.
Keep the area under the front seats
clear to allow air to circulate through-
out the vehicle.
On cold days, push the fan speed se-
lector to adjust the fan speed high for
a minute to help clear the intake ducts
of snow or moisture. This can reduce
the amount of fogging on the windows.
When driving on dusty roads, close all
windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-
hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “OFF”.
On some models
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
209
If following another vehicle on a dusty
road, or driving in windy and dusty
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the
outside passage and prevent outside
air and dust from entering the vehicle
interior.
Heating
For best results, set controls to:
—For automatic operation
Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF
For quick heating, select recirculated
air for a few minutes. To keep the
windows from fogging, select fresh af-
ter the vehicle interior has been
warmed.
Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-
fied heating.
Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.
Air conditioning
For best results, set controls to:
—For automatic operation
Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—To the desired
temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—ON
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—ON
For quick cooling, select recirculated
air for a few minutes.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
210
Ventilation
For best results, set controls to:
—For automatic operation
Press in the “AUTO” button.
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards low temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF
Defogging and defrosting
—The inside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature
to cool
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defogging function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
When pressing the windshield air flow but-
ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-
matically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.
If you want to return the setting to RE-
CIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
On humid days, do not blow cold air
on the windshield—the difference be-
tween the outside and inside tempera-
tures could make the fogging worse.
—The outside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to:
—For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
—For manual operation
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Pressing the windshield air flow button
turns on the defrosting function with the
purpose of clearing the front view.
When pressing the windshield air flow but-
ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-
matically. This is to clean up the front
view more quickly.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
211
If you want to return the setting to RE-
CIRCULATE mode, press the air intake
selector button once again.
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
heating or cooling. This setting clears the
front view more quickly.
To heat the vehicle interior while de-
frosting the windshield, choose
floor/windshield air flow.
Side vents
If air flow control is not satisfactory, check
the side vents. The side vents may be
opened or closed as shown.
Air conditioning filter
Automatic air conditioning system
only—This air conditioning system has
a high efficient air refiner filter which
helps eliminate dust and pollen, thereby
increasing your driving confort.
The air conditioning filter is set behind the
glove box.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
212
The filter information label is placed on
the inside of the glove box as shown.
CHECKING AND REPLACING AIR
CONDITIONING FILTER
The air conditioning filter may clog after
long use. The filter may need to be re-
placed if the air flow of the air conditioner
and heater experiences extreme reductions
in operating efficiency, or if the windows
become to fog up easily.
Perform filter replacement periodically.
Period of replacement (expected):
Every 24000 km (15000 miles) or 12
months
Notes: This is the normal maintenance
period. This may change depending on
operating conditions.
If the symptoms of air conditioning
efficiency problems occur, contact your
Toyota dealer to have the filter checked
and replaced.
(Actual replacement time: Less than 10
minutes approximately)
NOTICE
Do not try to replace the air condi-
tioning filter by yourself. Doing so
may damage the vehicle.
Do not drive with the air filter re-
moved. Doing so may reduce air
conditioning efficiency.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
213
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
214
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Clock 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside temperature gauge 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette lighter and ashtray 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power outlet 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glove box 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Garage door opener 220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary box 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coin holder 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front cup holder 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear cup holder 225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mat 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
1
-
9
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
215
Clock (type A)
The digital clock indicates the time.
The key must be in the “ON” position.
To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” but-
ton until the hour display blinks. Then
push the “ADJ” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”
button until the minute display blinks.
Then push the “ADJ” button.
If the electrical power source has been
disconnected from the clock, the time dis-
play will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the time in-
dication will be reduced.
Clock (type B)
For details, see “Multi- information dis-
play—” in Section 1- 5.
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
216
The outside temperature gauge indi-
cates the outside air temperatures with
the ignition key at the “ON” position.
When the instrument panel lights are
turned on, the brightness of the display
will be reduced.
Type A—To change the display between
“C” to “F”, push the “MODE” button until
the display blinks. Then push the “ADJ”
button to select “C” or “F”.
Type B—For details, see “Multi- information
display—” in Section 1-5.
Cigarette lighter and ashtray
With bucket front seat
With bench type front seat
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
To use the cigarette lighter, first open
the ashtray lid, then press in the light-
er. When it becomes heated, it automat-
ically pops out ready for use.
If the engine is not running, the key must
be in the “ACC” position.
Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed
in.
Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or
equivalent for replacement.
ASHTRAY
With bucket front seat—To use the ash-
tray, push the lid to open.
With bench type front seat—To use the
ashtray, pull the lid to open.
When finished with your cigarette, thor-
oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-
vent other cigarette butts from catching
fire. After using the ashtray, push it back
in completely.
To remove the ashtray, open the ashtray
lid and pull it out.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
217
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, always push the ash-
tray back in completely after using.
Power outlet (12 VDC)
With bucket front seat
With bench type front seat
The power outlet is designed for power
supply for car accessories.
The key must be in the ”ACC” or ”ON”
position for the power outlet to be used.
NOTICE
To prevent the fuse from being
blown, do not use the electricity
over the total vehicle capacity of 12
VDC/120W.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlet longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.
Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlet is not in use. Inserting
a foreign object other than the ap-
propriate plug that fits the outlet,
or allowing any liquid into the out-
let may cause electrical failure or
short circuits.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
218
Power outlet (115 VAC)
With bucket front seat
With bench type front seat
This power outlet is designed for use
as a power supply for electric ap-
pliances in the vehicle.
The key must be in the “ON” position for
the power outlet to be used.
The maximum capacity for this power out-
let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to
use an appliance that requires more than
115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit
will activate and cut the power supply.
The power supply will restart automatically
when you use an appliance that operates
within the 115 VAC/100W limits.
Main switch
To use the power outlet, push the main
switch on the instrument panel.
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
that the power outlet is ready for use.
Push the main switch once again to turn
the power outlet off. When the power out-
let is not in use, make sure that the main
switch is turned off.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
219
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlet longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.
Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlet is not in use. Inserting
a foreign object other than the ap-
propriate plug that fits the outlet
may cause electrical failure or short
circuits.
The power outlet is not designed for
the following electric appliances even
though their power consumption is un-
der 115 VAC/100W. These appliances
may not operate properly.
Appliances with high initial peak watt-
age: cathode- ray tube type televisions,
compressor- driven refrigerators, electric
pumps, electric tools, etc.
Measuring devices which process pre-
cise data: medical equipment, measur-
ing instruments, etc.
Other appliances requiring an extremely
stable power supply: microcomputer-
controlled electric blankets, touch sen-
sor lamps, etc.
Certain electrical appliances may cause
radio noise.
Glove box
To use the glove box, do this.
To open: Pull the lever.
With the instrument panel lights on, the
glove box light will come on when the
glove box is open.
To lock: Insert the master key and turn it
clockwise.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the glove box door
closed while driving.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
220
Garage door opener
Garage door openers manufactured un-
der the license from HomeLink and
can be programmed to operate garage
doors, estate gates, security lighting,
etc.
PROGRAMMING THE GARAGE DOOR
OPENER
This garage door opener has 3 buttons
and you can store one program for each
button.
1. Decide which one of the 3 buttons you
want to program. Push and hold down
one of the buttons until the indicator
light begins to flash.
2. While holding this button, bring the
original garage door opener closer to
the garage door opener equipped on
the vehicle within about 25 mm (1 in.)
and push the button on the original
garage door opener. This signal from
the original garage door opener is sent
to the one to be programmed.
3. When the frequency and code is regis-
tered, the indicator light flashes rapidly.
Then you can release both buttons.
4. If you wish, repeat the procedure for
each remaining button for another ga-
rage door opener.
If you want to write a new program over
the program set already, select a button
you want to program and repeat the pro-
cedure from step 1. The previous program
is erased and a new program will be set.
If the transmitter has a “rolling code” fea-
ture, it is necessary to program the ga-
rage door opener receiver on the garage
after programming the garage door opener
on the vehicle. For the setting of the re-
ceiver, refer to the instruction manual for
the receiver.
After setting the receiver, push the pro-
grammed button on the vehicle for about
1 to 2 seconds within the operational
range.
The old- type garage door openers
manufactured before 1982 cannot be pro-
grammed with this system.
CAUTION
When programming or operating the
garage door opener, make sure there
is no one around the moving door. It
is dangerous if someone is caught.
OPERATING THE GARAGE DOOR
OPENER
Push the appropriate button to activate the
garage door opener. The indicator light
comes on. The garage door opener contin-
ues to send the signal for up to 20 sec-
onds as long as the button is pushed.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
221
ERASING THE GARAGE DOOR OPENER
MEMORY
Push and hold down the 2 outside buttons
until the indicator light flashes. All memo-
rized data will be erased.
FCC ID: CB2V94800
CANADA: 1763 102 264
This device complies with FCC Pules
Part 15. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
ence that may be received, including
interference that may cause undersired
operation.
WARNING: This transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC and
DOC/MPAC rules. Changes or modifi-
cations not expressly approved by the
partly responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority to op-
erate the device.
Auxiliary box (type A)
To use the box, push the lid to open.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.
NOTICE
In hot weather, inside of the vehicle
becomes very hot. Do not leave any-
thing flammable or deformable such
as a lighter, the glasses, etc. inside.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
222
Auxiliary box (type B)
To use the box, pull on the handle.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.
Auxiliary box (type C)
To use the box, pull up the lock release
lever and open the lid.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.
Auxiliary box (type D)
To use the box, pull up the lock release
lever and open the lid.
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the auxiliary box closed
while driving.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
223
To maximize the storage room, remove
the cup holder by pushing the side fac-
ing at its upright position.
Coin holder
With bucket front seat
With bench type front seat
To use the coin holder, push coins
down into the holder.
The coin holder is detachable.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
224
Front cup holder (type A)
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink- cans securely.
To use the cup holder, push on the lid.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink-cans on the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.
Front cup holder (type B)
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink- cans securely.
To use the cup holder, pull up the lock
release lever and open the lid.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
225
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink-cans on the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.
Do not lift the armrest upright when
the cup holder is pulled out.
Rear cup holder (type A)
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink- cans securely.
To use the cup holder, pull down the arm-
rest.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink-cans on the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.
Do not lift the armrest upright when
the cup holder is pulled out.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
226
Rear cup holder (type B)
The cup holder is designed for holding
cups or drink- cans securely in its
holes.
To use the cup holder, open the armrest
lid by pulling up the lock release lever
and pull out the cup holder. Then close
the armrest lid.
CAUTION
Do not leave the armrest lid open,
especially when the cup holder
holds a scalding hot drink. If the lid
is forcibly pulled up, the drink may
spill over the seat occupants.
When the cup holder is in use, the
armrest lid must be securely closed
with the lock engaged.
Do not place anything else other
than cups or drink-cans on the cup
holder, as such items may be
thrown about in the compartment
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in
an accident.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, keep the cup holder
closed when it is not in use.
Do not lift the armrest upright when
the cup holder is pulled out.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
227
Floor mat
Use a floor mat of the correct size.
If the floor carpet and floor mat have a
hole, then it is designed for use with a
locking clip. Fix the floor mat with locking
clip into the hole in the floor carpet.
CAUTION
Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the floor carpet. If the floor
mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driv-
ing, it may cause an accident.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
228
INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Break-in period 229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel 229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation in foreign countries 231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three-way catalytic converters 231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine exhaust cautions 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facts about engine oil consumption 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iridium- tipped spark plugs 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear limit indicators 237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage stowage precautions 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Toyota’s identification 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft prevention labels 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension and chassis 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
2
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
229
Break- in period
Drive gently and avoid high speeds.
Your vehicle does not need an elaborate
break- in. But following a few simple tips
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add
to the future economy and long life of
your vehicle:
Do not drive over 88 km/h (55 mph).
Run the engine at moderate speed be-
tween 2000 and 4000 rpm.
Avoid full-throttle starts.
Try to avoid hard stops during the first
300 km (200 miles).
Do not drive for a long time at any
single speed, either fast or slow.
Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
km (500 miles).
Fuel
FUEL TYPE
Your new vehicle must use only un-
leaded gasoline.
To help prevent gas station mix- ups, your
Toyota has a new smaller fuel tank open-
ing. The special nozzle on pumps with
unleaded fuel will fit it, but the larger
standard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas
will not.
At a minimum, the gasoline you use
should meet specifications of ASTM
D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5- M93
in Canada.
NOTICE
Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
leaded gasoline will cause the three-
way catalytic converter to lose its ef-
fectiveness and the emission control
system to function improperly. Also,
this can increase maintenance costs.
OCTANE RATING
Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-
tane Number 91) or higher. For im-
proved vehicle performance, the use of
premium unleaded gasoline with an Oc-
tane Rating of 91 (Research Octane
Number 96) or higher is recommended.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating or research octane number lower
than stated above will cause persistent
heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will
lead to engine damage.
If your engine knocks...
If you detect heavy knocking even when
using the recommended fuel, or if you
hear steady knocking while holding a
steady speed on level roads, consult your
Toyota dealer.
However, now and then, you may notice
light knocking for a short time while accel-
erating or driving up hills. This is no need
of concern.
GASOLINES CONTAINING DETERGENT
ADDITIVES
Toyota recommends use of gasolines
that contain detergent additives to
avoid build- up of engine deposits.
For further details, ask your Toyota dealer
or a local gasoline retailer.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
230
IMPROVED GASOLINES
The American Automobile Manufacturers
Association (AAMA) has developed a
specification of improved gasolines. The
AAMA specification offers optimal fuel
information for better vehicle perfor-
mance and better protection of your en-
gine.
Toyota recommends the use of gasolines
that meet the AAMA specification, if avail-
able, for improved driveability and emis-
sion control system.
GASOLINES CONTAINING MTBE
Gasolines that contain MTBE (Methyl
Tertiary- Butyl Ether) are available in the
market. If you use a gasoline mixed
with MTBE, make certain that it does
not contain more than 15% of MTBE.
GASOLINES CONTAINING MMT
Some gasolines contain an octane- en-
hancing additive called MMT (methylcy-
clopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasolines that contain MMT. If fuels con-
taining MMT are used, your emission con-
trol system may be adversely affected.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-
strument cluster may come on. If this hap-
pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-
vice.
GASOLINES CONTAINING ALCOHOL
If you use gasohol in your Toyota, be
sure that it is unleaded, has an octane
rating no lower than 87 and does not
contain more than 10% ethanol.
Gasohol is a mixture of gasoline and etha-
nol.
Toyota does not recommend the use of
gasolines containing methanol. If you use
gasoline containing methanol, use only
gasoline meeting the requirements above
and also containing less than 5% metha-
nol with cosolvents and corrosion inhibi-
tors for methanol.
GASOLINES QUALITY
In a very few cases, you may experience
driveability problems caused by the partic-
ular gasoline that you are using. If you
continue to have unacceptable driveability,
try changing gasoline brands. If that does
not rectify your problem, then consult your
Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
Do not use gasohol other than
stated above. It will cause fuel sys-
tem damage or vehicle performance
problems.
If driveability problems occur (poor
hot starting, vaporizing, engine
knock, etc.), discontinue the use.
Take care not to spill gasohol dur-
ing refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
231
Operation in foreign countries
If you plan to drive your Toyota in
another country...
First, comply with the vehicle registration
laws.
Second, confirm the availability of the cor-
rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
number).
Three- way catalytic converters
The three-way catalytic converter is an
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system.
Its purpose is to reduce pollutants in the
exhaust gas.
CAUTION
Keep people and combustible mate-
rials away from the exhaust pipe
while the engine is running. The
exhaust gas is very hot.
Do not drive, idle or park your ve-
hicle over anything that might burn
easily such as grass, leaves, paper
or rags.
NOTICE
A large amount of unburned gases
flowing into the three-way catalytic
converter may cause it to overheat
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
this and other damage, observe the
following precautions:
Use only unleaded gasoline.
Do not drive with an extremely low
fuel level; running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, creat-
ing an excessive load on the three-
way catalytic converter.
Do not allow the engine to run at
idle speed for more than 20 min-
utes.
Avoid racing the engine.
Do not push- start or pull- start your
vehicle.
Do not turn off the ignition while
the vehicle is moving.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
232
Keep your engine in good running
order. Malfunctions in the engine
electrical system, electronic ignition
system/distributor ignition system
or fuel system could cause an ex-
tremely high three- way catalytic
converter temperature.
If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, take your
vehicle in for a check- up as soon
as possible. Remember, your Toyota
dealer knows your vehicle and its
three-way catalytic converter sys-
tem best.
To ensure that the three- way cata-
lytic converter and the entire emis-
sion control system operate proper-
ly, your vehicle must receive the
periodic inspections required by the
Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
scheduled maintenance information,
refer to the separate “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.
Engine exhaust cautions
CAUTION
Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.
It contains carbon monoxide, which
is a colorless and odorless gas. It
can cause unconsciousness or even
death.
Make sure the exhaust system has
no holes or loose connections. The
system should be checked from
time to time. If you hit something,
or notice a change in the sound of
the exhaust, have the system
checked immediately.
Do not run the engine in a garage
or enclosed area except for the
time needed to drive the vehicle in
or out. The exhaust gases cannot
escape, making this a particularly
dangerous situation.
Do not remain for a long time in a
parked vehicle with the engine run-
ning. If it is unavoidable, however,
do so only in an unconfined area
and adjust the heating or cooling
system to force outside air into the
vehicle.
Keep the trunk lid closed while
driving. An open or unsealed trunk
lid may cause exhaust gases to be
drawn into the vehicle.
To allow proper operation of your
vehicle’s ventilation system, keep
the inlet grilles in front of the wind-
shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-
er obstructions.
If you smell exhaust fumes in the
vehicle, drive with the windows
open and the trunk lid closed. Have
the cause immediately located and
corrected.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
233
FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
Engine oil has the primary functions of
lubricating and cooling the inside of the
engine, and plays a major role in main-
taining the engine in proper working order.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
It is normal that an engine should con-
sume some engine oil during normal
engine operation. The causes of oil
consumption in a normal engine are as
follows.
Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston
rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
is left on the cylinder wall when a pis-
ton moves downwards in the cylinder.
High negative pressure generated when
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
of this oil into the combustion chamber.
This oil as well as some part of the oil
film left on the cylinder wall is burned
by the high temperature combustion
gases during the combustion process.
Oil is also used to lubricate the stems
of the intake valves. Some of this oil
is sucked into the combustion chamber
together with the intake air and is
burned along with the fuel. High tem-
perature exhaust gases also burn the
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
stems.
The amount of engine oil consumed de-
pends on the viscosity of the oil, the
quality of the oil and the conditions the
vehicle is driven under.
More oil is consumed by high- speed driv-
ing and frequent acceleration and decel-
eration.
A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls
have not become conditioned.
When judging the amount of oil con-
sumption, note the that oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge
the true level accurately.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
repeated short trips, and consumes a nor-
mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
is because the oil is gradually becoming
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it
appear that the oil level has not changed.
The diluting ingredients evaporate out
when the vehicle is then driven at high
speeds, as on an expressway, making it
appear that oil is excessively consumed
after driving at high speeds.
IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
CHECK
One of the most important points in prop-
er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-
gine oil at the optimum level so that oil
function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
is essential that the oil level be checked
regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
level be checked every time you refuel
the vehicle.
NOTICE
Failure to check the oil level regularly
could lead to serious engine trouble
due to insufficient oil.
For detailed information on oil level check,
see “Checking the engine oil level” in Sec-
tion 7- 2.
Facts about engine oil
consumption
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
234
Iridium- tipped spark plugs
Your engine is fitted with iridium- tipped
spark plugs.
NOTICE
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs
and do not adjust gaps for your en-
gine performance and smooth drive-
ability.
Brake system
This brake system has two independent
hydraulic circuits. If either circuit should
fail, the other will still work. However, the
pedal will be harder to press, and your
stopping distance will be longer. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a
single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
BRAKE BOOSTER
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to
power- assist the brakes. If the engine
should quit while you are driving, you can
bring the vehicle to a stop with normal
pedal pressure. There is enough reserved
vacuum for one or two stops—but no
more!
CAUTION
Do not pump the brake pedal if the
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your reserved vacu-
um.
Even if the power assist is com-
pletely lost, the brakes will still
work. But you will have to push the
pedal hard, much harder than nor-
mal. And your braking distance will
be longer.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
235
ANTI- LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The anti- lock brake system is designed to
help prevent lock- up of the wheels during
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
road surfaces. This assists in providing
stability and steering performance of the
vehicle under these circumstances.
Effective way to press the ABS brake
pedal:
When the anti- lock brake system func-
tion is in action, just hold the brake
pedal down more firmly. Especially, in a
panic stop, you need to keep it de-
pressed more firmly, and do not pump
the brake. Pumping the brake pedal
makes the stopping distance longer.
The anti-lock brake system becomes op-
erative after the vehicle has accelerated
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
road surfaces such as on the manhole
cover, the steel plate under the construc-
tion, joints in the bridge, etc. on a rainy
day tends to activate the anti- lock brake
system.
You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds
when the engine is started or just after
the vehicle is started. This means that the
anti-lock brake system is in the self
check mode, and does not indicate a mal-
function.
When the anti- lock brake system is ac-
tivated, the following conditions may
occur, however, do not indicate a mal-
function of the system:
You may hear the anti-lock brake sys-
tem operating and feel the brake pedal
pulsating and the vibrations of the ve-
hicle body and steering wheel. You
may also hear the motor sound in the
engine compartment even after the ve-
hicle is stopped.
At the end of the anti-lock brake sys-
tem activation, the brake pedal may
move a little to the forward.
CAUTION
Do not overestimate the anti- lock
brake system: Although the anti- lock
brake system assists in providing ve-
hicle control, it is still important to
drive with all due care and maintain
a moderate speed and safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you, be-
cause there are limits to the vehicle
stability and effectiveness of steering
wheel operation even with the anti-
lock brake system on.
If tires grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs
during high speed driving in the rain,
the anti- lock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
236
Anti- lock brake system is not de-
signed to shorten the stopping dis-
tance: Always drive at the moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles not fitted
with an anti- lock brake system, your
vehicle may require a longer stopping
distance in the following cases:
Driving on rough, gravel or snow-
covered roads.
Driving with tire chains installed.
Driving over the steps such as the
joints on the road
Driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has other differ-
ences in surface height.
Install all 4 tires of specified size at
appropriate pressure: The anti- lock
brake system detects vehicle speeds
using the speed sensors for respec-
tive wheels’ turning speeds. The use
of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed,
resulting in a longer stopping dis-
tance.
Type A
Type B
“ABS” warning light
The lights come on with the ignition
key turned to “ON”. If the anti-lock
brake system and the brake assiste sys-
tem work properly, the light goes out
after a few seconds. Thereafter, if either
of the system malfunctions, the lights
come on.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system, the brake assist
system, the traction control system and/or
the vehicle skid control system do/does
not operate, but the brake system still
operates conventionally.
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti- lock brake system does not operate
so that the wheels could lock up during
a sudden brake or braking on slippery
road surfaces.
If the following conditions occurs, this
indicates a malfunction somewhere in
the parts monitored by the warning
light system. Contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible to service
the vehicle.
The light does not come on with the
ignition key turned to “ON” or remainds
on.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
237
The light comes on while driving.
If the light lit during driving goes out and
does not come on again, it is a normal
operation.
CAUTION
If the “ABS” warning light remains on
together with the brake system warn-
ing light, immediately stop your ve-
hicle at a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
In this case, the vehicle may become
harder to control or skid during hard
braking or braking on slippery road
surfaces.
DRUM- IN- DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE
SYSTEM
Your vehicle has a drum- in- disc type
parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding- down of the brake
shoes periodically or whenever the parking
brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.
Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-
ding- down.
BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM
When you slam the brakes on, the
brake assist system judges as an emer-
gency stop and provides more powerful
braking for a driver who cannot hold
down the brake pedal firmly.
When you slam the brakes on, more pow-
erful braking will be applied. At this time,
you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment and feel the vibration of the
brake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-
function.
The brake assist system becomes opera-
tive after the vehicle has accelerated to
a speed in excess of approximately 10
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
For an explanation of this system’s warn-
ing light, see “Service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers” in Section 1- 5.
Brake pad wear limit indicators
The brake pad wear limit indicators on
your disc brakes give a warning noise
when the brake pads are worn to where
replacement is required.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-
tor damage can result if the pads are not
replaced when necessary.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
238
Luggage stowage precautions
When stowing luggage or cargo in the
vehicle, observe the following:
Put luggage or cargo in the trunk when
at all possible. Be sure all items are
secured in place.
Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-
anced. Locating the weight as far for-
ward as possible helps maintain bal-
ance.
For better fuel economy, do not carry
unneeded weight.
CAUTION
Do not place anything on the filler
panel behind the rear seatback.
Such items may be thrown about
and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or an
accident.
Do not drive with objects left on
top of the instrument panel. They
may interfere with the driver’s field
of view. Or they may move during
sharp vehicle acceleration or turn-
ing, and impair the driver’s control
of the vehicle. In an accident they
may injure the vehicle occupants.
NOTICE
Do not load the vehicle beyond the
vehicle capacity weight specified in
Section 8.
The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.
This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.
Your Toyota’s identification—
—Vehicle identification
number
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
239
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.
—Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.
Your new vehicle carries theft preven-
tion labels which are approximately 56
mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-
ing the tracing and recovery of parts from
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroy-
ing the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to anoth-
er, will be impossible.
NOTICE
You should not attempt to remove the
theft prevention labels as it may vio-
late certain state or federal laws.
Theft prevention labels
(except for Canada)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
240
Suspension and chassis
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
can cause dangerous handling charac-
teristics, resulting in loss of control.
Types of tires
Make sure what kind of tires your ve-
hicle is originally equipped with.
1. Summer tires
Summer tires are high- speed capability
tires best suited to highway driving under
dry conditions.
Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, sum-
mer tires are inadequate for driving on
snow- covered or icy roads. For driving on
snow- covered or icy roads, we recom-
mend using snow tires. If installing snow
tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
2. All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide
better traction in snow and to be adequate
for driving in most winter conditions, as
well as for use all year round.
All season tires, however, do not have
adequate traction performance compared
with snow tires in heavy or loose snow.
Also, all season tires fall short in accel-
eration and handling performance
compared with summer tires in highway
driving.
CAUTION
Do not mix summer and all season
tires on your vehicle as this can
cause dangerous handling charac-
teristics, resulting in loss of con-
trol.
Do not use tires other than the
manufacturer’s designated tires, and
never mix tires or wheels of the
sizes different from the originals.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
241
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
242
STARTING AND DRIVING
Before starting the engine 243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to start the engine 243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving in various conditions 244. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter driving tips 245. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer towing 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer, too 251. . . . . . . . .
SECTION
3
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
243
Before starting the engine
1. Check the area around the vehicle be-
fore entering it.
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
seat cushion angle, head restraint
height and steering wheel angle.
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view
mirrors.
4. Lock all the doors.
5. Fasten seat belts.
1. Apply the parking brake firmly.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-
sories.
3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If you
need to restart the engine while the
vehicle is moving, put the selector le-
ver in “N”. A starter safety device will
prevent the starter from operating if the
selector lever is in any drive position.
4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it to
the floor until driving off.
(b) Starting the engine
Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-
low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-
ing”.
Normal starting procedure
The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-
tial multiport fuel injection system in your
engine automatically controls the proper
air- fuel mixture for starting. You can start
a cold or hot engine as follows:
1. With your foot off the accelerator ped-
al, crank the engine by turning the key
to “START”. Release it when the en-
gine starts.
2. After the engine runs for about 10 se-
conds, you are ready to drive.
If the weather is below freezing, let the
engine warm up for a few minutes before
driving.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct proce-
dure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” in Sec-
tion 4.
How to start the engine—
(a) Before cranking
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
244
NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 se-
conds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have the
engine checked immediately.
Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.
This will allow you much better control.
Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-
sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
onto high, sharp- edged objects and
other road hazards. Failure to do so
can lead to severe tire damage result-
ing in tire bursts.
When parking on a hill, turn the front
wheels until they touch the curb so
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the
parking brake, and place the transmis-
sion in “P”. If necessary, block the
wheels.
Washing your vehicle or driving through
deep water may get the brakes wet. To
see whether they are wet, check that
there is no traffic near you, and then
press the pedal lightly. If you do not
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the park-
ing brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
Before driving off, make sure the
parking brake is fully released and
the parking brake reminder light is
off.
Do not leave your vehicle unat-
tended while the engine is running.
Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. It can cause
dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.
To drive down a long or steep hill,
reduce your speed and downshift.
Remember, if you ride the brakes
excessively, they may overheat and
not work properly.
Be careful when accelerating, up-
shifting, downshifting or braking on
a slippery surface. Sudden accelera-
tion or engine braking, could cause
the vehicle to spin or skid.
Tips for driving in various
conditions
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
245
Do not drive in excess of the speed
limit. Even if the legal speed limit
permits it, do not drive over 140
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle
has high- speed capability tires.
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
result in tire failure, loss of control
and possible injury. Be sure to con-
sult a tire dealer to determine
whether the tires on your vehicle
are high-speed capability tires or
not before driving at such speeds.
Do not continue normal driving
when the brakes are wet. If they are
wet, your vehicle will require a
longer stopping distance, and it
may pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Also, the park-
ing brake will not hold the vehicle
securely.
Winter driving tips
Make sure you have a proper freeze
protection of engine coolant.
Your coolant must contain ethylene- glycol
type coolant for a proper corrosion
protection of aluminum components. Use
“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent.
See Section 7- 2 for details about coolant
type selection.
NOTICE
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
When it is extremely cold, we recommend
to use 60% solution for your Toyota, to
provide protection down to about -50C
(-58F). Do not use more than 70% solu-
tion for better coolant performance.
Check the condition of the battery and
cables.
Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
any battery, so it must be in top shape
to provide enough power for winter start-
ing. Section 7- 3 tells you how to visually
inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer
and most service stations will be pleased
to check the level of charge.
Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
suitable for the cold weather.
See Section 7- 2 for recommended viscos-
ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your
vehicle during winter months may cause
harder starting. If you are not sure about
which oil to use, call your Toyota deal-
er—he will be pleased to help.
Keep the door locks from freezing.
Squirt lock de-icer or glycerine into the
locks to keep them from freezing.
Use a washer fluid containing an anti-
freeze solution.
This product is available at your Toyota
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
the manufacturer’s directions for how
much to mix with water.
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may dam-
age your vehicle’s paint.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
246
Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” and block the rear wheels. Do not use
the parking brake, or snow or water accu-
mulated in and around the parking brake
mechanism may freeze, making it hard to
release.
Keep ice and snow from accumulating
under the fenders.
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad
winter driving, stop and check under the
fenders occasionally.
Depending on where you are driving,
we recommend you carry some emer-
gency equipment.
Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.
Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
passenger- carrying vehicle. Towing a
trailer will have an adverse effect on
handling, performance, braking, durability
and driving economy (fuel consumption,
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
on the proper use of correct equipment
and cautious driving habits. For your
safety and the safety of others, you must
not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota
warranties do not apply to damage or
malfunction caused by towing a trailer for
commercial purposes. Ask your local
Toyota dealer for further details before
towing.
NOTICE
When towing a trailer, be sure to con-
sult your Toyota dealer for further in-
formation on additional requirements
such as a towing kit, etc.
WEIGHT LIMITS
Before towing, make sure the total trail-
er weight, gross vehicle weight, gross
axle weight and trailer tongue load are
all within the limits.
The total trailer weight and tongue load
can be measured with platform scales
found at a highway weighing station, build-
ing supply company, trucking company,
junk yard, etc.
CAUTION
The total trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo load) must
not exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Ex-
ceeding this weight is dangerous.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
247
Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-
ent weight capacities established by
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capa-
ble of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maxi-
mum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating speci-
fied for the trailer- hitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in seri-
ous personal injuries.
The gross vehicle weight must not
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
Certification Label. The gross ve-
hicle weight is the sum of weights
of the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-
sengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
tongue load. It also includes the
weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.
The load on either the front or rear
axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
on the Certification Label.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
248
Total trailer weight Tongue load
Tongue load
100 = 9 to 11%
Total trailer weight
The trailer cargo load should be
distributed so that the tongue load
is 9 to 11% of the total trailer
weight, not exceeding the maximum
of 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load the
trailer with more weight in the back
than in the front. About 60% of the
trailer load should be in the front
half of the trailer and the remaining
40% in the rear.
HITCHES
Use only a hitch which is recom-
mended by the hitch manufacturer and
conforms to the total trailer weight re-
quirement.
Follow the directions supplied by the
hitch manufacturer, and bolt the hitch
securely to the rear bumper. Lubricate
the hitch ball with a light coat of
grease.
Toyota recommends removing the trail-
er hitch whenever you are not towing
a trailer to reduce the possibility of
additional damage caused by the hitch
if your vehicle is struck from behind.
After removing the hitch, seal any
mounting holes in the vehicle body to
prevent entry of pollutants such as ex-
haust fumes, dirt, water, etc.
NOTICE
Do not use axle- mounted hitches as
they can cause damage to the axle
housing, wheel bearings, wheels or
tires. Also, never install a hitch which
may interfere with the normal function
of an Energy Absorbing Bumper.
BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS
Toyota recommends trailers with brakes
that conform to any applicable federal
and state/provincial regulations.
A safety chain must always be used
between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
chain for turns. The chain should cross
under the trailer tongue to prevent the
tongue from dropping to the ground in
case it becomes damaged or sepa-
rated. For correct safety chain proce-
dures, follow the hitch or trailer
manufacturer’s recommendations.
CAUTION
If the total trailer weight exceeds
453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
required.
Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-
draulic system as it would lower its
braking effectiveness.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
249
Never tow a trailer without using a
safety chain securely attached to
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
trailer wandering over into another
lane.
TIRES
Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are
properly inflated. See Section 7- 2 for
instructions.
The trailer tires should be inflated to
the pressure recommended by the trail-
er manufacturer in respect to the total
trailer weight.
TRAILER LIGHTS
Trailer lights must comply with federal,
state/provincial and local regulations.
See your local recreational vehicle
dealer or rental agency for the correct
type of wiring and relays for your trail-
er. Check for correct operation of the
turn signals and stop lights each time
you hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-
age your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction of your lights.
BREAK- IN SCHEDULE
Toyota recommends that you do not
tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a
vehicle with any new power train com-
ponent (engine, transmission, differen-
tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
800 km (500 miles) of driving.
MAINTENANCE
If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will
require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. For this informa-
tion, please refer to the scheduled
maintenance information in the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.
Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing
ball and bracket after approximately
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.
PRE- TOWING SAFETY CHECK
Check that your vehicle remains level
when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
an abnormal nose- up or nose- down
condition, and check for improper
tongue load, overload, worn suspension
or other possible causes.
Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
loaded so that it can not shift.
Check that your rear view mirrors con-
form to any applicable federal, state/
provincial or local regulations. If not,
install the rear view mirrors required
for towing purpose.
TRAILER TOWING TIPS
When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not tow-
ing. The three main causes of vehicle-
trailer accidents are driver error, exces-
sive speed and improper trailer loading.
Keep these in mind when towing:
Before starting out, check operation of
the lights and all vehicle- trailer connec-
tions. After driving a short distance,
stop and recheck the lights and con-
nections. Before actually towing a trail-
er, practice turning, stopping and back-
ing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
250
Backing with a trailer is difficult and
requires practice. Grip the bottom of
the steering wheel and move your hand
to the left to move the trailer to the
left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This pro-
cedure is generally opposite to that
when backing without a trailer). Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
turning. Have someone guide you when
backing to reduce the risk of an acci-
dent.
Because stopping distance may be in-
creased, vehicle- to- vehicle distance
should be increased when towing a
trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of
speed, allow at least one vehicle and
trailer length between you and the ve-
hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as
you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of control. This is especially
true on wet or slippery surfaces.
Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-
tion.
Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.
The trailer could hit your vehicle in a
tight turn. Slow down before making a
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden
braking.
Remember that when making a turn,
the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the
turn. Therefore, compensate for this by
making a larger than normal turning
radius with your vehicle.
Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-
versely affect handling of your vehicle
and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention
to the rear from time to time to pre-
pare yourself for being passed by large
trucks or buses, which may cause your
vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying
happens, firmly grip the steering wheel
and reduce speed immediately but
gradually. Never increase speed. Steer
straight ahead. If you make no extreme
correction with the steering or brakes,
the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.
Be careful when passing other ve-
hicles. Passing requires considerable
distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and
be sure you have plenty of room be-
fore changing lanes.
In order to maintain engine braking effi-
ciency do not use overdrive.
Because of the added load of the trail-
er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
on hot days (at temperatures over
30C [85F]) when going up a long or
steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
coolant temperature gauge indicates
overheating, immediately turn off the air
conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
your vehicle overheats” in 4 of this
manual.
Always place wheel blocks under both
the vehicle and trailer wheels when
parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid park-
ing on a slope with a trailer, but if it
cannot be avoided, do so only after
performing the following:
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
251
1. Apply the brakes and hold.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-
der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release your brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.
When restarting out after parking on a
slope:
1. With the transmission in “P” position,
start the engine. Be sure to keep the
brake pedal depressed.
2. Shift into the “2”, “L” or “R” position.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal and slowly pull or back away
from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply
your brakes.
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.
CAUTION
Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or
the posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower. Because insta-
bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle-
trailer combination usually in-
creases as the speed increases, ex-
ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
cause loss of control.
Slow down and downshift before
descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden down-
shifts.
Avoid holding the brake pedal down
too long or too frequently. This
could cause the brakes to overheat
and result in reduced braking effi-
ciency.
Getting more kilometers/mileage from a
liter/gallon of fuel is easy—just take it
easy. It will help make your vehicle last
longer, too. Here are some specific tips
on how to save money on both fuel and
repairs:
Keep your tires inflated at the cor-
rect pressure. Underinflation causes
tire wear and wastes fuel. See 7-2 for
instructions.
Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.
Avoid lengthy warm- up idling. Once
the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, howev-
er, that on cold winter days this may
take a little longer.
Keep the automatic transmission
overdrive turned on when engine
braking is not required. Driving with
the overdrive off will reduce the fuel
economy. (For details, see “Automatic
transmission” in Section 1- 6.)
Accelerate slowly and smoothly.
Avoid jackrabbit starts.
How to save fuel and make
your vehicle last longer, too
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
252
Avoid long engine idling. If you have
a long wait and you are not in traffic,
it is better to turn off the engine and
start again later.
Avoid engine lug or overrevving. Use
a gear position suitable for the road on
which you are travelling.
Avoid continuous speeding up and
slowing down. Stop- and- go driving
wastes fuel.
Avoid unnecessary stopping and
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try
to time the traffic signals so you only
need to stop as little as possible or
take advantage of through streets to
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-
tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-
den braking. This will also reduce wear
on your brakes.
Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams
whenever possible.
Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal. This causes premature wear,
overheating and poor fuel economy.
Maintain a moderate speed on high-
ways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel con-
sumption.
Keep the front wheels in proper
alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and
slow down on rough roads. Improper
alignment not only causes faster tire
wear but also puts an extra load on
the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.
Keep the bottom of your vehicle free
from mud, etc. This not only lessens
weight but also helps prevent corro-
sion.
Keep your vehicle tuned- up and in
top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-
er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil
and grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.
all lower engine performance and con-
tribute to poor fuel economy. For longer
life of all s and lower operating costs,
keep all maintenance work on sched-
ule, and if you often drive under se-
vere conditions, see that your vehicle
receives more frequent maintenance
(For scheduled maintenance informa-
tion, please refer to the separate
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”).
CAUTION
Never turn off the engine to coast
down hills. Your power steering and
brake booster will not function with-
out the engine running. Also, the
emission control system operates
properly only when the engine is run-
ning.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
253
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
254
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
SECTION
4
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
255
If your vehicle will not start 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
256
If your engine stalls while driving 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
257
If your vehicle overheats 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
258
If you have a flat tire 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
259
If your vehicle needs to be towed 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
260
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 276. . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
261
If you lose your keys 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
262
If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 278. . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
263
Before making these checks, make sure
you have followed the correct starting
procedure given in “How to start the
engine” in Section 3 and that you have
sufficient fuel. If your vehicle is equipped
with the engine immobiliser system, also
check whether the other keys will start the
engine. If they work, your key may be
broken. Have the key checked at your
Toyota dealer. If none of your keys work,
the system is possibly broken. Call your
Toyota dealer. (See “Keys (with engine
immobiliser system)” in Section 1-2.)
If the engine is not turning over or is turn-
ing over too slowly—
1. Check that the battery terminals are
tight and clean.
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
on the interior light.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump start-
ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for further
instructions.
If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.
NOTICE
Do not pull- or push-start the ve-
hicle. It may damage the vehicle or
cause a collision when the engine
starts. Also the three- way catalytic
converter may overheat and become a
fire hazard.
If the engine turns over at its normal
speed but will not start—
1. The engine may be flooded because of
repeated cranking. See “(b) Starting a
flooded engine” for further instructions.
2. If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
dealer or qualified repair shop.
(b) Starting a flooded engine
If the engine will not start, your engine
may be flooded because of repeated
cranking.
If this happens, turn the key to “START”
with the accelerator pedal held down.
Keep the key and accelerator pedal in
these positions for 15 seconds and re-
lease them. Then try starting the engine
with your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If the engine does not start after 15 se-
conds of cranking, release the key, wait
a few minutes and try again.
If the engine still will not start, it needs
adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
or qualified repair shop for assistance.
NOTICE
Do not crank for more than 30 se-
conds at a time. This may overheat
the starter and wiring systems.
If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
264
(c) Jump starting
To avoid serious personal injury and
damage to your vehicle which might re-
sult from battery explosion, acid burns,
electrical burns, or damaged electronic
components, these instructions must be
followed precisely.
If you are unsure about how to follow this
procedure, we strongly recommend that
you seek the help of a competent me-
chanic or towing service.
CAUTION
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when
jump starting, and avoid spilling
acid on your skin, clothing, or ve-
hicle.
If you should accidentally get acid
on yourself or in your eyes, remove
any contaminated clothing and flush
the affected area with water im-
mediately. Then get immediate medi-
cal attention. If possible, continue
to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while en route to the medical
office.
The gas normally produced by a
battery will explode if a flame or
spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do
not smoke or light a match while
jump starting.
NOTICE
The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you
are sure that the booster battery is
correct.
JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
1. If the booster battery is installed in
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
are not touching. Turn off all unneces-
sary lights and accessories.
2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
from the booster and discharged batter-
ies. Lay a cloth over the open vents
on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
burns.)
3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
booster battery is not running, start it
and let it run for a few minutes. During
jump starting, run the engine at about
2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
lightly depressed.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
265
Discharged battery
Booster
battery
Positive
terminal
(“+”mark)
Jumper cable Positive terminal
(“+”mark)
4. Make the cable connections in the or-
der a, b, c, d.
a. Connect the clamp of the positive
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the discharged battery.
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster
battery.
Jumper cable
Negative terminal
(“-”mark)
Discharged battery
Booster
battery
c. Connect the clamp of the negative
(black) jumper cable to the negative
(-) terminal on the booster battery.
d. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
The recommended connecting point is
shown in the following illustration:
Connecting point
Do not connect the cable to or near
any part that moves when the engine
is cranked.
CAUTION
When making the connections, to
avoid serious injury, do not lean over
the battery or accidentally let the
jumper cables or clamps touch any-
thing except the correct battery termi-
nals or the ground.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
266
5. Start your engine in the normal way.
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm
for several minutes with the accelerator
pedal lightly depressed.
6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the
exact reverse order: the negative cable
and then the positive cable.
7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric
acid.
8. If removed, replace all the battery vent
plugs.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent (for example, lights left on),
you should have it checked.
If your engine stalls while driving...
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try starting the engine again.
If the engine will not start, see “If your
vehicle will not start”.
CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the pow-
er assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
If your vehicle overheats
If your engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you ex-
perience a loss of power, or if you hear
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the
engine has probably overheated. You
should follow this procedure...
1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-
hicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P”
and apply the parking brake. Turn off
the air conditioning if it is being used.
2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.
Wait until the steam subsides before
opening the hood. If there is no coolant
boiling over or steam, leave the engine
running and make sure the electric
cooling fan is operating. If it is not,
turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
To help avoid personal injury, keep
the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is
a sign of very high pressure.
If your engine stalls while
driving
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
267
3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the
radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.
However, note that water draining from
the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.
CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands and clothing away from the
moving fan and engine drive belts.
4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-
gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer
for assistance.
5. If there are no obvious leaks, check
the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add
coolant to the reservoir while the en-
gine is running. Fill it about half full.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to remove the radiator
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot. Serious injury could result from
scalding hot fluid and steam blown
out under pressure.
6. After the engine coolant temperature
has cooled to normal, again check the
coolant level in the reservoir. If neces-
sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-
ous coolant loss indicates a leak in the
system. You should have it checked as
soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.
If you have a flat tire—
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place well away from
the traffic. Avoid stopping on the center
divider of a highway. Park on a level
spot with firm ground.
2. Stop the engine and turn on your
emergency flashers.
3. Firmly set the parking brake and put
the transmission in “P”.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
on the side away from traffic.
5. Read the following instructions thor-
oughly.
CAUTION
When jacking, be sure to observe the
following to reduce the possibility of
personal injury:
Follow jacking instructions.
Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle supported by the
jack. Personal injury may occur.
Do not start or run the engine while
your vehicle is supported by the
jack.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
268
Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking brake
and put the transmission in “P”.
Block the wheel diagonally opposite
to the one being changed if neces-
sary.
Make sure to set the jack properly
in the jack point. Raising the ve-
hicle with jack improperly posi-
tioned will damage the vehicle or
may allow the vehicle to fall off the
jack and cause personal injury.
Never get under the vehicle when
the vehicle is supported by the jack
alone.
Use the jack only for lifting your
vehicle during wheel changing.
Do not raise the vehicle with some-
one in the vehicle.
When raising the vehicle, do not
put an object on or under the jack.
Raise the vehicle only high enough
to remove and change the tire.
NOTICE
Do not continue driving with a de-
flated tire. Driving even a short dis-
tance can damage a tire and wheel
beyond repair.
—Required tools and spare tire
1. Get the required tools and spare
tire.
1. Wheel nut wrench
2. Jack
3. Jack handle
4. Spare tire
To prepare yourself for an emergency, you
should familiarize yourself with the use of
the jack, each of the tools and their stor-
age locations.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
269
Turn the jack joint by hand.
To remove: Turn the joint in the direction
1 until the jack is free.
To store: Turn the joint in the direction 2
until the jack is firmly secured to prevent
it from flying forward during a collision or
sudden braking.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Loosen the nut and remove it.
2. Remove the spare tire cover.
3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.
4. Remove the spacer.
Then take the spare tire out of the ve-
hicle.
When storing the spare tire, put it in place
with the outer side of the wheel facing up.
Then secure the tire by repeating the
above removal steps in reverse order to
prevent it from flying forward during a
collision or sudden braking.
—Blocking the wheel
2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire to keep the vehicle from
rolling when it is jacked up.
When blocking the wheel, place a wheel
block from the front for the front wheels
or from the rear for the rear wheels.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
270
3. Remove the wheel ornament.
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench as
shown.
CAUTION
Do not try to pull off the ornament by
hand. Take due care in handling the
ornament to avoid unexpected person-
al injury.
—Loosening wheel nuts
4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.
Always loosen the wheel nuts before rais-
ing the vehicle.
Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to
loosen. To get maximum leverage, fit the
wrench to the nut so that the handle is
on the right side, as shown above. Grab
the wrench near the end of the handle
and pull up on the handle. Be careful that
the wrench does not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrew
them about one- half turn.
—Positioning the jack
5. Position the jack at the correct jack
point as shown.
Make sure the jack is positioned on a
level and solid place.
—Removing wheel ornament
(steel wheels only)
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
271
—Raising your vehicle
6. After making sure that no one is in
the vehicle, raise it high enough so
that the spare tire can be installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare tire
than when removing the flat tire.
To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle
into the jack (it is a loose fit) and turn it
clockwise. As the jack touches the vehicle
and begins to lift, double- check that it is
properly positioned.
CAUTION
Never get under the vehicle when the
vehicle is supported by the jack
alone.
—Changing wheels
7. Remove the wheel nuts and change
tires.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it
aside.
Roll the spare wheel into position and
align the holes in the wheel with the bolts.
Then lift up the wheel and get at least the
top bolt started through its hole. Wiggle
the tire and press it back over the other
bolts.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
272
Before putting on wheels, remove any cor-
rosion on the mounting surfaces with a
wire brush or such. Installation of wheels
without good metal- to- metal contact at the
mounting surface can cause wheel nuts to
loosen and eventually cause a wheel to
come off while driving. Therefore after the
first 1600 km (1000 miles), check to see
that the wheel nuts are tight.
—Reinstalling wheel nuts
8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger
tight.
Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end in-
ward) and tighten them as much as you
can by hand. Press back on the tire back
and see if you can tighten them more.
—Lowering your vehicle
9. Lower the vehicle completely and
tighten the wheel nuts.
Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to
lower the vehicle.
Use only the wheel nut wrench and turn
it clockwise to tighten the nuts. Do not
use other tools or any additional leverage
other than your hands, such as a hammer,
pipe or your foot. Make sure the wrench
is securely engaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in the
order shown. Repeat the process until all
the nuts are tight.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
273
CAUTION
When lowering the vehicle, make sure
all portions of your body and all oth-
er persons around will not be injured
as the vehicle is lowered to the
ground.
10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.
Align the cutout of the wheel ornament
with the valve stem as shown. Then tap
it firmly with the side or heel of your hand
to snap it into place.
CAUTION
Take due care in handling the orna-
ment to avoid unexpected personal
injury.
—After changing wheels
11. Check the air pressure of the re-
placed tire.
Adjust the air pressure to the specification
designated in Section 8. If the pressure is
lower, drive slowly to the nearest service
station and fill to the correct pressure.
Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation
valve cap as dirt and moisture could get
into the valve core and possibly cause air
leakage. If the cap is missing, have a new
one put on as soon as possible.
12. Restow all the tools, jack and flat
tire securely.
As soon after changing wheels as pos-
sible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torque
specified in Section 8 with a torque
wrench. Have a technician repair the flat
tire and replace the spare tire with it.
—Reinstalling wheel ornament
(steel wheels only)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
274
CAUTION
Before driving, make sure all the
tools, jack and flat tire are securely
in place in their storage location to
reduce the possibility of personal in-
jury during a collision or sudden
braking.
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
—From rear
(b) Using flat bed truck
—From front
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
vice. In consultation with them, have
your vehicle towed using either (a) or
(b).
Only when you cannot receive a towing
service from a Toyota dealer or com-
mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-
hicle carefully in accordance with the
instructions given in “—Emergency tow-
ing” in this section.
Proper equipment will help ensure that
your vehicle is not damaged while being
towed. Commercial operators are generally
aware of the state/provincial and local
laws pertaining to towing.
Your vehicle can be damaged if it is
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
know the correct procedure, it is possible
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
your vehicle, make sure the following pre-
cautions are observed. If necessary, show
this page to the tow truck driver.
If your vehicle needs to be
towed—
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
275
TOWING PRECAUTIONS:
Use a safety chain system for all towing,
and abide by the state/provincial and local
laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
must be in good condition. If they are
damaged, use a towing dolly.
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
From front—Release the parking brake.
NOTICE
When lifting wheels, take care to en-
sure adequate ground clearance for
towing at the opposite end of the
raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper
and/or underbody of the towed vehicle
will be damaged during towing.
From rear—Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
NOTICE
Never tow from the rear with the front
wheels on the ground, as this may
cause serious damage to the trans-
mission.
(b) Using flat bed truck
(c) Towing with sling
type truck
(c) Towing with sling type truck
NOTICE
Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-
ther from the front or rear. This may
cause body damage.
—Emergency towing
Front
Rear (on some models)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
276
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
vice.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tempo-
rarily towed by a cable or chain se-
cured to one of the emergency towing
eyelets under the vehicle. Use extreme
caution when towing vehicles.
NOTICE
Only use specified towing eyelet;
otherwise your vehicle may be dam-
aged.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard- surfaced roads for a short dis-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing ve-
hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would place
excessive stress on the emergency
towing eyelets and towing cable or
chain. The eyelets and towing cable
or chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.
NOTICE
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing eyelets provided.
Before towing, release the parking brake
and put the transmission in “N”. The key
must be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”
(engine running).
CAUTION
If the engine is not running, the pow-
er assist for the brakes and steering
will not work so steering and braking
will be much harder than usual.
If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is de-
pressed, use the shift lock override but-
ton as follows:
1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”
position. Make sure the parking
brake is set.
2. Pry up the cover with a flat-bladed
screwdriver or equivalent.
If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever
(floor shift)
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
277
3. Insert your finger into the hole to
push down the shift lock override
button. You can shift out of “P”
position only while pushing the but-
ton.
4. Shift into “N” position.
5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
If you cannot shift the selector lever
out of “P” position to other positions
even though the brake pedal is de-
pressed, use the shift lock override but-
ton as follows:
1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”
position. Make sure the parking
brake is set.
2. Pry up the cover with a flat-bladed
screwdriver or equivalent.
3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalent
into the hole to pull down the shift
lock override button. You can shift
out of “P” position only while push-
ing the button.
4. Shift into “N” position.
5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
If you cannot shift automatic
transmission selector lever
(column shift)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
278
If you lose your keys
You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number. If your vehicle is equipped
with the engine immobiliser system, the
dealer will also need your master key.
Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—
Even if you lose only one key, contact
your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If
you lose all your master keys, you cannot
make new keys; the whole engine immobi-
liser system must be replaced.
See the suggestion given in “Keys” in
Section 1- 2.
If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
break a window to get in, we suggest
breaking the smallest side window be-
cause it is the least expensive to replace.
Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.
You can purchase a new wireless re-
mote control transmitter at your Toyota
dealer.
Have the registered identification numbers
of your transmitters deleted from your ve-
hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible to avoid the possibility of theft or
an accident. Then, have the identification
number of your new transmitter registered.
At the same time, you must bring all of
the remaining transmitters to have them
registered again as well.
You can use the wireless remote control
system with the new transmitter. Contact
your Toyota dealer for detailed information.
If you lose your wireless
remote control transmitter
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
279
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
280
CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion 281. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washing and waxing your Toyota 282. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the interior 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
5
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
281
Toyota, through its diligent research, de-
sign and use of the most advanced
technology available, has done its part to
help prevent corrosion and has provided
you with the finest quality vehicle
construction. Now, it is up to you. Proper
care of your Toyota can help ensure long-
term corrosion prevention.
The most common causes of corrosion
to your vehicle are:
The accumulation of road salt, dirt and
moisture in hard- to- reach areas under
the vehicle.
Chipping of paint, or undercoating
caused by minor accidents or by
stones and gravel.
Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your ve-
hicle under certain environmental condi-
tions:
Road salt or dust control chemicals will
accelerate corrosion, as will the pres-
ence of salt in the air near the sea-
coast or in areas of industrial pollution.
High humidity accelerates corrosion es-
pecially when temperatures range just
above the freezing point.
Wetness or dampness to certain parts
of your vehicle for an extended period
of time, may cause corrosion even
though other parts of the vehicle may
be dry.
High ambient temperatures can cause
corrosion to those components of the
vehicle which are prevented from
quick- drying due to lack of proper ven-
tilation.
The above signifies the necessity to keep
your vehicle, particularly the underside, as
clean as possible and to repair any dam-
age to paint or protective coatings as
soon as possible.
To help prevent corrosion on your
Toyota, follow these guidelines:
Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of
course, necessary to keep your vehicle
clean by regular washing, but to prevent
corrosion, the following points should be
observed:
If you drive on salted roads in the
winter or if you live near the ocean,
you should hose off the undercarriage
at least once a month to minimize cor-
rosion.
High pressure water or steam is effec-
tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
and wheel housings. Pay particular
attention to these areas as it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to simply wet the
mud and debris without removing them.
The lower edge of doors, rocker panels
and frame members have drain holes
which should not be allowed to clog
with dirt as trapped water in these
areas can cause corrosion.
Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-
oughly when winter is over.
See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” for
more tips.
Check the condition of your vehicle’s
paint and trim. If you find any chips or
scratches in the paint, touch them up im-
mediately to prevent corrosion from start-
ing. If the chips or scratches have gone
through the bare metal, have a qualified
body shop make the repair.
Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
282
Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-
ter and dirt can accumulate under the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-
casionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly care-
ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-
ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be
transported in proper containers. If a spill
or leak should occur, immediately clean
and dry the area.
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud
shields help protect your vehicle. Full- size
shields, which come as near to the ground
as possible, are the best. We recommend
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be
happy to assist in supplying and installing
the shields if they are recommended for
your area.
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated
garage or a roofed place. Do not park
your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-
lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
the garage, or if you drive it in covered
with water or snow, your garage may be
so damp it will cause corrosion. Even if
your garage is heated, a wet vehicle can
corrode if the ventilation is poor.
Washing your Toyota
Keep your vehicle clean by regular
washing.
The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and
parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-
sible.
When driving in a coastal area
When driving on a road sprinkled with
antifreeze
When having stuck of coal tar, tree
sap, bird droppings and carcass of an
insect
When driving in the areas where there
is a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust
and chemical substance
When the vehicle becomes remarkably
dirty with dust and mud
Hand- washing your Toyota
Work in the shade and wait until the
vehicle body is not hot to the touch.
CAUTION
When cleaning under floor or chassis,
be careful not to injure your hands.
1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-
move any mud or road salt from the
underside of the vehicle or in the
wheel wells.
2. Wash with a mild car- wash soap,
mixed according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
the wash water. Do not rub hard–let
the soap and water remove the dirt.
Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
organic substances. If any organic sub-
stances splashes an ornament, be sure to
wash it off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged.
CAUTION
Do not attach the heavily damaged
plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off
the wheel and cause accidents while
the vehicle is moving.
Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
or neutral detergent.
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper
faces are soft.
Washing and waxing your
Toyota
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
283
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
cleaners that are marked safe for painted
surfaces.
NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (gaso-
line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-
vents), which may be toxic or cause
damage.
3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap can
cause streaking. In hot weather you
may need to rinse each section right
after you wash it.
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
rub or press hard—you might scratch
the paint.
Automatic car wash
Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-
matic car wash, but remember that the
paint can be scratched by some type of
brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the
washing process itself. Scratching reduces
paint durability and gloss, especially on
darker colors. The manager of the car
wash should be able to advise you wheth-
er the process is safe for the paint on
your vehicle.
Waxing your Toyota
Polishing and waxing is recommended
to maintain the original beauty of your
Toyota’s finish.
Once a month or if the vehicle surface
does not repel water well, apply wax.
1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-
fore you begin waxing, even if you are
using a combined cleaner and wax.
2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weath-
ered, use a car- cleaning polish, fol-
lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-
low the manufacturer’s instructions and
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
the chrome trim as well as the paint.
3. Wax the vehicle again when water
does not bead but remains on the sur-
face in large patches.
NOTICE
Always remove the plastic bumpers if
your vehicle is re- painted and placed
in a high heat paint waxing booth.
High temperatures could damage the
bumpers.
Cleaning the interior
CAUTION
Vehicles with side airbags:
Be careful not to splash water or
spill liquid on the floor. This may
prevent the side airbags from acti-
vating correctly, resulting in serious
injury.
Do not wash the vehicle floor with
water, or allow water to get onto
the floor when cleaning the vehicle
interior or exterior. Water may get
into audio components or other
electrical components above or un-
der the floor carpet (or mat) and
cause a malfunction; and it may
cause body corrosion.
Vinyl interior
The vinyl upholstery may be easily
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
and water.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
284
First vacuum over the upholstery to re-
move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-
peat the procedure. Commercial foaming-
type vinyl cleaners are also available
which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.
NOTICE
Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
or window cleaner on the interior.
Carpets
Use a good foam-type shampoo to
clean the carpets.
Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove
as much dirt as possible. Several types of
foam cleaners are available; some are in
aerosol cans and others are powders or
liquids which you mix with water to pro-
duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
Rub in overlapping circles.
Do not apply water—the best results are
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
possible. Read the shampoo instructions
and follow them closely.
Seat belts
The seat belts may be cleaned with
mild soap and water or with lukewarm
water.
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-
ing, check the belts for excessive wear,
fraying, or cuts.
NOTICE
Do not use dye or bleach on the
belts—it may weaken them.
Do not use the belts until they be-
come dry.
Windows
The windows may be cleaned with any
household window cleaner.
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the win-
dows, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires on the rear
window.
Air conditioning control panel, car au-
dio, instrument panel, console panel,
and switches
Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.
Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-
warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.
NOTICE
Do not use organic substances (sol-
vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
These chemicals can cause discol-
oring, staining or peeling of the
surface.
If you use cleaners or polishing
agents, make sure their ingredients
do not include the substances men-
tioned above.
If you use a liquid car freshener, do
not spill the liquid onto the ve-
hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-
tain the ingredients mentioned
above. Immediately clean any spill
using the method mentioned above.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
285
Leather Interior
The leather upholstery may be cleaned
with neutral detergent for wool.
Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
of detergent with a clean damp cloth.
After cleaning or whenever any part of the
leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-
lated shaded area.
NOTICE
If a stain should fail to come out
with a neutral detergent, apply a
cleaner that does not contain an
organic solvent.
Never use organic substances such
as benzine, alcohol or gasoline,
or
alkaline or acid solutions for clean-
ing the leather as these
could
cause discoloring.
Use of a nylon brush or synthetic
fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.
Mildew may develop on soiled leath-
er upholstery. Be especially careful
to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
upholstery always clean.
Long exposure to direct sunlight
may cause the leather surface to
harden and shrink. Keep your ve-
hicle in a shaded area, especially in
the summer.
The interior of your vehicle is apt
to heat up on hot summer days,
so
avoid placing on the upholstery
items made of vinyl or plastic or
containing wax as these tend to
stick to leather when warm.
Improper cleaning of the leather up-
holstery could result in discolor-
ation or staining.
If you have any questions about the
cleaning of your Toyota, your local
Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
them.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
286
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Maintenance requirements 287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General maintenance 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Does your vehicle need repairing? 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the separate
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
SECTION
6
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
287
Maintenance requirements
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for
fewer maintenance requirements with long-
er service intervals to save both your time
and money. However, each regular mainte-
nance, as well as day- to- day care, is
more important than ever before to ensure
smooth, and trouble- free, safe, and eco-
nomical drivings.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make
sure the specified maintenance, including
general maintenance service, is performed.
Note that both the new vehicle and emis-
sion control system warranties specify that
proper maintenance and care must be per-
formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment” for complete warranty information.
General maintenance
General maintenance items are those day-
to- day care practices that are important to
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the
owner’s responsibility to insure that the
general maintenance items are performed
regularly.
These checks or inspections can be done
either by yourself or a qualified technician,
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.
Scheduled maintenance
The scheduled maintenance items listed in
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those
required to be serviced at regular inter-
vals.
For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the separate “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the
repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied.
The owner may elect to use non-Toyota
supplied parts for replacement pur-
poses without invalidating the emission
control system warranty. However, use
of replacement parts which are not of
equivalent quality may impair the effec-
tiveness of the emission control sys-
tems.
You may also elect to have mainte-
nance, replacement, or repair of the
emission control devices and system
performed by any automotive repair es-
tablishment or individual without invali-
dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-
ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement” for complete war-
ranty information.
Where to go for service?
Toyota technicians are well- trained spe-
cialists and are kept up to date with the
latest service information through technical
bulletins, service tips, and in- dealership
training programs. They learn to work on
Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
rather than while they are working on it.
You can be confident that your Toyota
dealer’s service department performs the
best job to meet the maintenance require-
ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-
nomically.
Your copy of the repair order is proof that
all required maintenance has been per-
formed for warranty coverage. And if any
problems should arise with your vehicle
while under warranty, your Toyota dealer
will promptly take care of it. Again, be
sure to keep a copy of the repair order
for any service performed on your Toyota.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
288
What about do- it- yourself maintenance?
Many of the maintenance items are easy
to do yourself if you have a little mechani-
cal ability and a few basic automotive
tools. Simple instructions for how to per-
form them are presented in Section 7.
If you are a skilled do- it- yourself mechan-
ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-
mended. Please be aware that do- it- your-
self maintenance can affect your warranty
coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment” for the details.
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance
items that should be performed as fre-
quently as specified. In addition to check-
ing the items listed, if you notice any
unusual noise, smell or vibration, you
should investigate the cause or take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-
fied service shop immediately. It is recom-
mended that any problem you notice be
brought to the attention of your dealer or
the qualified service shop for their advice.
CAUTION
Make these checks only where ade-
quate ventilation can be obtained if
you run the engine.
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be performed
from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
Tire pressure
Check the pressure with a gauge every
two weeks, or at least once a month. See
Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Tire surface and wheel nuts
Check the tires carefully for cuts, damage
or excessive wear. See Section 7-2 for
additional information. When checking the
tires, make sure no nuts are missing, and
check the nuts for looseness. Tighten
them if necessary.
Tire rotation
Rotate the tires every 12000 km (7500
miles). See Section 7- 2 for additional in-
formation.
Fluid leaks
Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-
ter or other fluid after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
found and corrected immediately.
Doors and engine hood
Check that all doors including trunk lid
operate smoothly and all latches lock se-
curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-
ondary latch secures the hood from open-
ing when the primary latch is released.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
289
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
Items listed below should be checked
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Lights
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights
are all working. Check headlight aim.
Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers
Check that all service reminder indicators
and warning buzzers function properly.
Steering wheel
Check that it has the specified free play.
Be alert for changes in steering condition,
such as hard steering or strange noise.
Seats
Check that all front seat controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-
erate smoothly and that all latches lock
securely in any position. Check that the
head restraints move up and down
smoothly and that the locks hold securely
in any latched position.
Seat belts
Check that the seat belt system such as
buckles, retractors and anchors operate
properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt
webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-
aged.
Accelerator pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
uneven pedal effort or catching.
Brake pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and
that the pedal has the proper clearance.
Check the brake booster function.
Brakes
At a safe place, check that the brakes do
not pull to one side when applied.
Parking brake
Check that the pedal has the proper travel
and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
is held securely with only the parking
brake applied.
Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-
nism
Check the lock release button of the se-
lector lever for proper and smooth opera-
tion. On a safe incline, check that your
vehicle is held securely with the selector
lever in “P” position and all brakes re-
leased.
IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Items listed below should be checked
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling.
Washer fluid
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
tank. See Section 7- 3 for additional infor-
mation.
Engine coolant level
Make sure the coolant level is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see-
through reservoir when the engine is cold.
See Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Battery electrolyte level
Make sure the electrolyte level of all bat-
tery cells is between upper and lower lev-
el lines on the case. Add only distilled
water when replenishing. See Section 7- 3
for additional information.
Brake fluid level
Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
on a level spot. See Section 7- 2 for addi-
tional information.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
290
Power steering fluid level
Check the level through the reservoir. The
level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”
range depending on the fluid temperature.
See Section 7- 2 for additional information.
Exhaust system
If you notice any change in the sound of
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have
the cause located and corrected immedi-
ately. (See engine exhaust cautions in
Section 2.)
Be on the alert for changes in perfor-
mance, sounds, and visual tip- offs that
indicate service is needed. Some impor-
tant clues are as follows:
Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
Appreciable loss of power
Strange engine noises
A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-
ter dripping from the air conditioning
after use is normal.)
Change in exhaust sound (This may
indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked im-
mediately.)
Flat- looking tire; excessive tire squeal
when cornering; uneven tire wear
Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
straight on a level road
Strange noises related to suspension
movement
Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy
feeling brake; pedal almost touches
floor; vehicle pulls to one side when
braking
Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal
If you notice any of these clues, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible. It probably needs adjustment or
repair.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving with the ve-
hicle unchecked. It could result in se-
rious vehicle damage and possibly
personal injury.
Does your vehicle need
repairing?
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
291
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
292
DO- IT- YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
SECTION
7
-
1
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
293
Engine compartment overview 297. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
294
Fuse locations 298. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
295
Do- it- yourself service precautions 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
296
Parts and tools 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
297
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Power steering fluid reservoir
3. Engine oil level dipstick
4. Engine oil filler cap
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Fuse blocks
7. Battery
8. Electric cooling fans
9. Windshield washer fluid tank
Engine compartment overview
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
298
Fuse locations
Spare fuses
With daytime running light system
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
299
If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure
given in this section.
You should be aware that improper or in-
complete servicing may result in operating
problems.
Performing do- it- yourself maintenance
during the warranty period may affect your
warranty coverage. Read the separate
Toyota Warranty statement for details and
suggestions.
This section gives instructions only for
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform. As explained in Section
6, there are still a number of items that
must be done by a qualified technician
with special tools.
For information on tools and parts for do-
it- yourself maintenance, see “Parts and
tools”.
Utmost care should be taken when work-
ing on your vehicle to prevent accidental
injury. Here are a few precautions that
you should be especially careful to ob-
serve:
CAUTION
When the engine is running, keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from the moving fan and engine
drive belts. (Removing rings,
watches, and ties is advisable.)
Right after driving, the engine
compartment—the engine, radiator,
exhaust manifold and spark plug
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-
ful not to touch them. Oil, fluids
and spark plugs may also be hot.
If the engine is hot, do not remove
the radiator cap or loosen the drain
plugs to prevent burning yourself.
Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
low open flames around fuel or the
battery. Their fumes are flammable.
Be extremely cautious when work-
ing on the battery. It contains poi-
sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Do not get under your vehicle with
just the body jack supporting it. Al-
ways use automotive jack stands or
other solid supports.
Be sure that the ignition is off if
you work near the electric cooling
fans or radiator grille. With the
ignition on, the electric cooling fans
will automatically start to run if the
engine coolant temperature is high
and/or the air conditioning is on.
Use eye protection whenever you
work on or under your vehicle
where you may be exposed to flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
Used engine oil contains potentially
harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as in-
flammation or skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged
and repeated contact with it. To re-
move used engine oil from your
skin, wash thoroughly with soap
and water.
Do- it- yourself service
precautions
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
300
Do not leave used oil within the
reach of children.
Dispose of used oil and filter only
in a safe and acceptable manner.
Do not dispose of used oil and fil-
ter in household trash, in sewers or
onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
NOTICE
Remember that battery and ignition
cables carry high currents or volt-
ages. Be careful of accidentally
causing a short circuit.
Add only demineralized or distilled
water to fill the radiator. And if you
spill some of the coolant, be sure
to wash off with water to prevent it
from damaging the parts or paint.
Do not allow dirt or anything else
to fall through the spark plug holes.
Do not pry the outer electrode of a
spark plug against the center elec-
trode.
Use only spark plugs of the speci-
fied type. Using other types will
cause engine damage, loss of per-
formance or radio noise.
Do not reuse iridium- tipped spark
plugs by cleaning or regapping.
Do not overfill automatic transmis-
sion fluid, or the transmission
could be damaged.
Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed, or excessive engine
wear could result. Also backfiring
could cause a fire in the engine
compartment.
Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame.
When closing the engine hood,
check to see that you have not for-
gotten any tools, rags, etc.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
301
Parts and tools
Here is a list of parts and tools you will
need on performing do- it- yourself mainte-
nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-
signed in metric sizes, so your tools must
be metric.
Checking the engine oil level
Parts (if level is low):
Engine oil API grade SJ
“Energy- Conserving” or ILSAC
multigrade having viscosity proper for
your climate
Tools:
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding oil)
Checking the engine coolant level
Parts (if level is low):
“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-
lent
See Section 7- 2 for details about cool-
ant type selection.
Demineralized or distilled water
Tools:
Funnel (only for adding coolant)
Checking brake fluid
Parts (if level is low):
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
brake fluid
Tools:
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding fluid)
Checking power steering fluid
Parts (if level is low):
Automatic transmission fluid
DEXRONII or III
Tools:
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (only for adding fluid)
Checking battery condition
Tools:
Warm water
Baking soda
Grease
Conventional wrench (for terminal
clamp bolts)
Checking and replacing fuses
Parts (if replacement is necessary):
Fuse with same amperage rating as
original
Adding washer fluid
Parts:
Water
Washer fluid containing antifreeze
(for winter use)
Tools:
Funnel
Replacing light bulbs
Parts:
Bulb with same number and wattage
rating as original (See charts in “Re-
placing light bulbs” in Section 7-3.)
Tools:
Screwdriver
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
302
DO- IT- YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Engine and Chassis
SECTION
7
-
2
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
303
Checking the engine oil level 313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
304
Checking the engine coolant level 314. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
305
Checking brake fluid 315. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
306
Checking power steering fluid 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
307
Checking tire pressure 317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
308
Checking and replacing tires 318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
309
Rotating tires 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
310
Installing snow tires and chains 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
311
Replacing wheels 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
312
Aluminum wheel precautions 321. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
313
Checking the engine oil level
Low level
Add oil O.K. Too full
Full level
With the engine at operating tempera-
ture and turned off, check the oil level
on the dipstick.
1. To get a true reading, the vehicle
should be on a level spot. After turning
off the engine, wait a few minutes for
the oil to drain back into the bottom of
the engine.
2. Pull out the dipstick, and wipe it clean
with a rag.
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
as it will go, or the reading will not be
correct.
4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
level on the end.
CAUTION
Be careful not to touch the hot ex-
haust manifold.
If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level, add engine oil of
the same type as already in the engine.
Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick.
The approximate quantity of oil needed to
fill between the low level and the full level
on the dipstick is indicated below for ref-
erence.
When the level reaches within the correct
range, install the filler cap hand- tight.
Oil quantity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
1.5 (1.6, 1.3)
NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the engine
could be damaged.
Check the oil level on the dipstick
once again after adding the oil.
Engine oil selection
Use API grade SJ, “Energy- Conserving”
or ILSAC multigrade engine oil.
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
SAE 5W- 30 is the best choice for your
vehicle, for good fuel economy and
good starting in cold weather.
If you use SAE 10W-30 engine oil in
extremely low temperatures, the engine
may become difficult to start, so SAE
5W- 30 engine oil is recommended.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
314
API service symbol
ILSAC certification mark
Oil identification marks
Either or both API registered marks are
added to some oil containers to help
you select the oil you should use.
The API Service Symbol is located any-
where on the outside of the container.
The top portion of the label shows the oil
quality by API (American Petroleum Insti-
tute) designations such as SJ. The center
portion of the label shows the SAE viscos-
ity grade such as SAE 5W-30. “Energy-
Conserving” shown in the lower portion,
indicates that the oil has fuel- saving ca-
pabilities.
The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-
dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-
fication Mark is displayed on the front of
the container.
Look at the see- through coolant reser-
voir when the engine is cold. The cool-
ant level is satisfactory if it is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the
reservoir. If the level is low, add ethyl-
ene- glycol type coolant for a proper
corrosion protection of aluminum com-
ponents.
The coolant level in the reservoir will vary
with engine temperature. However, if the
level is on or below the “LOW” line, add
coolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”
line.
Always use ethylene- glycol type coolant
for a proper corrosion protection of alumi-
num components. See information in the
next column.
If the coolant level drops within a short
time after replenishing, there may be a
leak in the system. Visually check the
radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain
cock and water pump.
If you can find no leak, have your Toyota
dealer test the cap pressure and check
for leaks in the cooling system.
Checking the engine coolant
level
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
315
CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, do not
remove the radiator cap when the en-
gine is hot.
Coolant type selection
Use of improper coolants may damage
your engine cooling system. Your coolant
must contain ethylene- glycol type coolant
for a proper corrosion protection of your
engine that contains aluminum
components. Use “TOYOTA Long Life
Coolant” or equivalent.
In addition to preventing freezing and
subsequent damage to the engine, this
type of coolant will also prevent corrosion.
Further supplemental inhibitors or additives
are neither needed nor recommended.
Read the coolant container for information
on freeze protection. Follow the manufac-
turer’s directions for how much to mix
with plain water (preferably demineralized
water or distilled water). The total capacity
of the cooling system is given in Section
8.
We recommend to use 50% solution for
your Toyota, to provide protection down to
about -35C (- 31F). When it is extreme-
ly cold, to provide protection down to
about -50C (- 58F), 60% solution is rec-
ommended. Do not use more than 70%
solution for better coolant performance.
NOTICE
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
Checking brake fluid
To check the fluid level, simply look at
the see- through reservoir. The level
should be between the “MAX” and
“MIN” lines on the reservoir.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
be sure to keep the reservoir filled.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
may indicate a serious mechanical prob-
lem.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
316
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted
line. This brings the fluid to the correct
level when you put the cap back on.
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking.
CAUTION
Take care when filling the reservoir
because brake fluid can harm your
eyes and damage painted surfaces. If
fluid gets in your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water.
NOTICE
If you spill the fluid, be sure to wash
it off with water to prevent it from
damaging the parts or paint.
Checking power steering fluid
If hot
O.K.
Close
Open
If cold
O.K.
If cold
add
If hot
add
Check the fluid level through the reser-
voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-
mission fluid DEXRONII or III.
If the vehicle has been driven around 80
km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little
more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is
hot (60C—80C or 140F—175F). You
may also check the level when the fluid
is cold (about room temperature,
10C—30C or 50F—85F) if the engine
has not been run for about five hours.
Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoir
tank and look at the fluid level. If the fluid
is cold, the level should be in the “COLD”
range. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid level
should be in the “HOT” range. If the level
is at the low side of either range, add
automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII or
III to bring the level within the range.
To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-
terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,
turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-
voir cap, visually check the steering box
case, vane pump and hose connections
for leaks or damage.
CAUTION
The reservoir tank may be hot so be
careful not to burn yourself.
NOTICE
Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-
ing could be damaged.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
317
Checking tire pressure
Keep your tire pressures at the proper
level.
The recommended cold tire pressures, tire
size and the vehicle capacity weight are
given in Section 8. They are also on the
tire pressure label as shown.
You should check the tire pressures every
two weeks, or at least once a month. And
do not forget the spare!
Incorrect tire pressure can reduce tire
life and make your vehicle less safe to
drive.
Low tire pressure results in excessive
wear, poor handling, reduced fuel econo-
my, and the possibility of blowouts from
overheated tires. Also, low tire pressure
can cause poor sealing of the tire bead.
If the tire pressure is excessively low,
there is the possibility of wheel deforma-
tion and/or tire separation.
High tire pressure produces a harsh ride,
handling problems, excessive wear at the
center of the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of tire damage from road haz-
ards.
If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.
The following instructions for checking
tire pressure should be observed:
The pressure should be checked only
when the tires are cold. If your ve-
hicle has been parked for at least 3
hours and has not been driven for
more than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, you
will get an accurate cold tire pressure
reading.
Always use a tire pressure gauge.
The appearance of a tire can be mis-
leading. Besides, tire pressures that
are even just a few pounds off can
degrade ride and handling.
Do not bleed or reduce tire pressure
after driving. It is normal for the tire
pressure to be higher after driving.
Never exceed the vehicle capacity
weight. The passenger and luggage
weight should be located so that the
vehicle is balanced.
Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve caps,
dirt or moisture could get into the valve
core and cause air leakage. If the caps
have been lost, have new ones put on
as soon as possible.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
318
Checking and replacing tires
Tread wear indicator
CHECKING YOUR TIRES
Check the tire tread for the tread wear
indicators. If the indicators show, re-
place the tires.
The tires on your Toyota have built-in
tread wear indicators to help you know
when the tires need replacement. When
the tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06
in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If
you can see the indicators in two or more
adjacent grooves, the tire should be re-
placed. The lower the tread, the higher
the risk of skidding.
The effectiveness of snow tires is lost
if the tread wears down below 4 mm
(0.16 in.).
Check the tires regularly for damage
such as cuts, splits and cracks. If any
damage is found, consult with a techni-
cian and have the tire repaired or re-
placed.
Even if the damage does not appear seri-
ous, a qualified technician should examine
the damage. Objects which have pene-
trated the tire may have caused internal
damage.
Any tires which are over 6 years old
must be checked by a qualified techni-
cian even if damage is not obvious.
Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used.
This also applies to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use.
REPLACING YOUR TIRES
When replacing a tire, use only the
same size and construction as original-
ly installed and with the same or great-
er load capacity.
Using any other size or type of tire may
seriously affect handling, ride, speedome-
ter/odometer calibration, ground clearance,
and clearance between the body and tires
or snow chains.
CAUTION
Do not mix radial, bias belted, or
bias- ply tires on your vehicle. It
can cause dangerous handling char-
acteristics, resulting in loss of con-
trol.
Do not use tires or wheels other
than the manufacturer’s recom-
mended size.
Toyota recommends all four tires, or at
least both front or rear tires be re-
placed as a set.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4
for tire change procedure.
When a tire is replaced, the wheel
should always be balanced.
An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle
handling and tire life. Wheels can get out
of balance with regular use and should
therefore be balanced occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the air
valve should also be replaced with a
new one.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
319
Rotating tires
With a spare tire of the same wheel type
as the installed tires
With a spare tire of different wheel type
from the installed tires
To equalize tire wear and help extend
tire life, Toyota recommends that you
rotate your tires approximately every
12000 km (7500 miles). However, the
most appropriate timing for tire rotation
may vary according to your driving hab-
its and road surface conditions.
See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4
for tire change procedure.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usu-
ally caused by incorrect tire pressure, im-
proper wheel alignment, out- of- balance
wheels, or severe braking.
WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES OR
CHAINS
Snow tires or chains are recommended
when driving on snow or ice.
On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
provide better traction than snow tires.
SNOW TIRE SELECTION
If you need snow tires, select the same
size, construction and load capacity as
the original tires on your Toyota.
Do not use tires other than those men-
tioned above. Do not install studded tires
without first checking local regulations for
possible restrictions.
SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION
Snow tires should be installed on all
wheels.
Installing snow tires on the front wheels
only can lead to an excessive difference
in road grip capability between the front
and rear tires which could cause loss of
vehicle control.
When storing removed tires, you should
store them in a cool dry place.
Mark the direction of rotation and be sure
to install them in the same direction when
replacing.
Installing snow tires and
chains
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
320
CAUTION
Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated.
Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
with any type of snow tires.
TIRE CHAIN SELECTION
P205/65R15 92H tires—Use the tire
chains of correct size and type.
Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chains
except radial cable chains or V- bar type
chains.
P205/60R16 91H tires—Use tire chains
of the correct size.
Use only genuine Toyota tire chains or equiv-
alent for use on the AVALON.
NOTICE
If the wrong combination of tire and
chain is used, the chains could dam-
age the vehicle body.
AVALON genuine tire chains
(Part No. 08329- 33801)
Laws about using tire chains vary ac-
cording to locality and type of road, so
always check your local laws before
you install tire chains.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Install the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
chains on the rear tires. Retighten
chains after driving 0.5—1.0 km
(1/4—1/2 mile).
When installing chains on your tires, care-
fully follow the instructions of the chain
manufacturer.
If wheel covers are used, they will be
scratched by the chain band, so remove
the covers before putting on the chains.
CAUTION
Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or
the chain manufacturer’s recom-
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
Drive carefully avoiding bumps,
holes, and sharp turns, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.
Avoid sharp turns or locked- wheel
braking, as use of chains may ad-
versely affect vehicle handling.
Replacing wheels
WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
If you have wheel damage such as
bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
wheel should be replaced.
If you fail to replace damaged wheels, the
tire may slip off the wheel or cause loss
of handling control.
WHEEL SELECTION
When replacing wheels, care should be
taken to ensure that the wheels are re-
placed by ones with the same load ca-
pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
Correct replacement wheels are available
at your Toyota dealer.
A wheel of a different size or type may
adversely affect handling, wheel and bear-
ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-
eter calibration, stopping ability, headlight
aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-
ance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
the body and chassis.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
321
Replacement with used wheels is not rec-
ommended as they may have been sub-
jected to rough treatment or high mileage
and could fail without warning. Also, bent
wheels which have been straightened may
have structural damage and therefore
should not be used. Never use an inner
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed
for a tubeless tire.
Aluminum wheel precautions
After driving your vehicle the first 1600
km (1000 miles), check that the wheel
nuts are tight.
If you have rotated, repaired, or
changed your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving
1600 km (1000 miles).
When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.
Use only the Toyota wheel nuts and
wrench designed for your aluminum
wheels.
When balancing your wheels, use only
Toyota balance weights or equivalent
and a plastic or rubber hammer.
As with any wheel, periodically check
your aluminum wheels for damage. If
damaged, replace immediately.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
322
DO- IT- YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Electrical components
Checking battery condition 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery recharging precautions 324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking and replacing fuses 325. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding washer fluid 326. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing light bulbs 326. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
7
-
3
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
323
CAUTION
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
The battery produces flammable and
explosive hydrogen gas.
Do not cause a spark from the bat-
tery with tools.
Do not smoke or light a match near
the battery.
The electrolyte contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothes.
Never ingest electrolyte.
Wear protective safety glasses when
working near the battery.
Keep children away from the bat-
tery.
EMERGENCY MEASURES
If electrolyte gets in your eyes,
flush your eyes with clean water
immediately and get immediate
medical attention. If possible, con-
tinue to apply water with a sponge
or cloth while en route to the medi-
cal office.
If electrolyte gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the contact area. If
you feel pain or burning, get medi-
cal attention immediately.
If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
there is a possibility of its soaking
through to your skin, so immediate-
ly take off the exposed clothing and
follow the procedure above, if nec-
essary.
If you accidentally swallow electro-
lyte, drink a large quantity of water
or milk. Follow with milk of magne-
sia, beaten raw egg or vegetable
oil. Then go immediately for emer-
gency help.
—Checking battery exterior
Terminals
Ground cable
Hold- down
clamp
Check the battery for corroded or loose
terminal connections, cracks, or loose
hold- down clamp.
a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
with a solution of warm water and bak-
ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-
nals with grease to prevent further cor-
rosion.
b. If the terminal connections are loose,
tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
overtighten.
c. Tighten the hold- down clamp only
enough to keep the battery firmly in
place. Overtightening may damage the
battery case.
Checking battery condition—
—Precautions
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
324
NOTICE
Be sure the engine and all accesso-
ries are off before performing main-
tenance.
When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“-” mark) first and rein-
stall it last.
Be careful not to cause a short cir-
cuit with tools.
Take care no solution gets into the
battery when washing it.
—Checking battery fluid
Type A
Green Dark
Clear or
light yellow
Type B
Blue White Red
CHECKING BY HYDROMETER
Check the battery condition by the
hydrometer color.
Hydrometer color
Condition
Type A Type B
C
on
di
t
i
on
GREEN BLUE Good
DARK WHITE
Charging necessary.
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
CLEAR or
LIGHT
YELLOW
RED
Have battery
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
Battery recharging precautions
During recharging, the battery is pro-
ducing hydrogen gas.
Therefore, before recharging:
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
2. Be sure the power switch on the re-
charger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them.
CAUTION
Always charge the battery in an un-
confined area. Do not charge the
battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventila-
tion.
Only do a slow charge (5 A or
less). Charging at a quicker rate is
dangerous. The battery may ex-
plode, causing personal injuries.
NOTICE
Never recharge the battery while the
engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
325
Checking and replacing fuses
Type A
Good Blown
Type B
Good
Good
Blown
Blown
Type C
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work, check the
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
they must be replaced.
See “Fuse locations” in Section 7- 1 for
locations of the fuses.
Turn the ignition switch and inoperative
component off. Pull a suspected fuse
straight out and check it.
Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See
Section 8 of this manual for the functions
controlled by each circuit.
Type A fuses can be pulled out by the
pull- out tool. The location of the pull- out
tool is shown in the illustration.
If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.
If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.
Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-
ing designated on the fuse box lid.
If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency you can pull out the “RADIO”,
“HTR” or “A/C” fuse, which may be
dispensable for normal driving, and use it
if its amperage rating is the same.
If you cannot use one of the same amper-
age, use one that is lower, but as close
as possible to the rating. If the amperage
is lower than that specified, the fuse
might blow out again but this does not
indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
It is a good idea to purchase a set of
spare fuses and keep them in your ve-
hicle for emergencies.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
326
If the new fuse immediately blows out,
there is a problem with the electrical sys-
tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Never use a fuse with a higher am-
perage rating, or any other object, in
place of a fuse. This may cause ex-
tensive damage and possibly a fire.
Adding washer fluid
If any washer does not work or low
windshield washer fluid level warning
light comes on, the washer tank may be
empty. Add washer fluid.
You may use plain water as washer fluid.
However, in cold areas where tempera-
tures range below freezing point, use
washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
product is available at your Toyota dealer
and most auto parts stores. Follow the
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
mix with water.
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may dam-
age your vehicle’s paint.
Replacing light bulbs—
The following illustrations show how to
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
wattage ratings given in the table.
CAUTION
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if scratched
or dropped. Hold a bulb only by its
plastic or metal case. Do not touch
the glass part of a bulb with bare
hands.
NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
327
Light bulbs
Bulb
No.
W Type
Headlights
(low beam)
9006 51 A
Headlights
(high beam)
9005 60 B
Front fog lights 9006 51 A
Front turn signal/
parking lights
1157
NA
27/8 C
Rear turn signal
lights
7440 21 D
Stop/tail lights 7443 21/5 D
Rear side marker
lights
168 4.9 D
Back- up lights 921 18 D
License plate lights W5W 5 D
High mounted
stoplight
921 18 D
Interior light — 7 E
Front personal
lights
— 7 E
Rear personal
lights
— 5 E
Vanity lights — 2 E
Light bulbs
Bulb
No.
W Type
Glove box light — 1.2 D
Door courtesy
lights
— 6 E
Trunk light — 3 E
A: HB4 halogen bulbs
B: HB3 halogen bulbs
C: Single end bulbs
D: Wedge base bulbs
E: Double end bulbs
—Headlights
1. Unplug the connector while depress-
ing the lock release.
If the connector is tight, wiggle it.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
328
2. Turn the bulb and remove it. 3. Install a new bulb and the connector
into the mounting hole.
Aiming is not necessary after replacing
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-
essary, contact your Toyota dealer.
If either the left or right front fog or
front turn signal/parking lights burns
out, contact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
Do not try to replace the front fog or
front turn signal/parking light bulbs
by yourself. You may damage the ve-
hicle.
—Front fog and front turn
signal/parking lights
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
329
Use a flat- bladed screw driver. a: Stop/tail light
b: Rear turn signal light
c: Rear side marker light
—Back- up lights
Remove and install the cover clips as
shown in the following illustrations.
—Rear turn signal, stop/tail
and rear side marker lights
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
330
Removing cover clips
Installing cover clips
—License plate lights
Remove and install the cover clips as
shown in the following illustrations.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
331
Removing cover clips
Installing cover clips
—High mounted stoplight
(type A)
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
332
—High mounted stoplight
(type B)
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
333
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
334
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION
8
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
335
Dimensions and weight 341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
336
Engine 341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
337
Fuel 342. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
338
Service specifications 342. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
339
Tires 344. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
340
Fuses 345. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
341
Dimensions and weight Engine
Model:
1MZ- FE
Type:
6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke, mm (in.):
87.5 83.0 (3.44 3.27)
Displacement, cm
3
(cu. in.):
2995 (182.8)
Overall length mm (in.) 4875 (192.0)
Overall width mm (in.) 1820 (71.7)
Overall height mm (in.) 1465 (57.7)
∗
1
Wheelbase mm (in.) 2720 (107.0)
Front tread mm (in.) 1550 (61.0)
Rear tread mm (in.) 1525 (60.0)
∗
1
: Unladen vehicle
∗
2
: With floor shift type automatic transmission
∗
3
: With column shift type automatic transmission
Vehicle capacity weight
(occupants luggage) kg (lb.)
410 (904)
∗
2
475 (1047)
∗
3
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
342
Fuel
Fuel type:
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
For improved vehicle performance, the
use of premium unleaded gasoline with
an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Oc-
tane Number 96) or higher is recom-
mended.
Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):
70 (18.5, 15.4)
Service specifications
ENGINE
Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):
Intake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)
Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)
Spark plug type:
DENSO SK20R11
NGK IFR6A11
Spark plug gap, mm (in.):
1.1 (0.043)
Drive belt tension measured with Bor-
roughs drive belt tension gauge No.
BT- 33- 73F (used belt), Ibf:
Generator belt
8822
Power steering pump belt
11520
ENGINE LUBRICATION
Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.
qt.):
With filter 4.7 (5.0, 4.1)
Without filter 4.5 (4.8, 4.0)
Oil grade:
API grade SJ, “Energy- Conserving” or
ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recom-
mended.
Recommended oil viscosity (SAE):
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
343
COOLING SYSTEM
Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
9.0 (9.5, 7.9)
Coolant type:
“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-
lent
With ethylene- glycol type coolant for a
proper corrosion protection of aluminum
components
Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or
plain water alone.
BATTERY
Open voltage
∗
at 20C (68F):
12.6—12.8 V Fully charged
12.2—12.4 V Half charged
11.8—12.0 V Discharged
∗
: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes
after the key is removed with all the
lights turned off
Charging rates:
5 A max.
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Fluid capacity (drain and refill),
L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Up to 4.75 (5.0, 4.2)
Fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid D-II or
DEXRONIII (DEXRONII)
BRAKES
Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with the pressure of 490 N (50 kgf, 110
lbf) with the engine running, mm (in.)
75 (3.0)
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Pad wear limit, in. (mm):
1.0 (0.04)
Lining wear limit, in. (mm):
1.0 (0.04)
Parking brake adjustment when depressed
with the pressure of 294 N (30 kgf, 66.1
lbf):
3—6 clicks
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
STEERING
Wheel free play:
Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Power steering fluid type:
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONII
or III
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
344
Tires
Tire size and pressure:
kPa (kgf/cm
2
or bar, psi)
Tire size
Tire pressure
Wheel size
Ti
re s
i
ze
Front Rear
Wh
ee
l
s
i
ze
P205/65R15 92H 210 (2.1, 31) 210 (2.1, 31) 15 6JJ
P205/60R16 91H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 6JJ
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·Ibf):
103 (10.5, 76)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire pressure” through “Aluminum
wheel precautions” in Section 7- 2.
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
345
Fuses
Engine compartment
(without daytime running light system)
Engine compartment
(with daytime running light system)
Engine compartment
(with daytime running light system)
Fuses (type A)
1. HEAD RH 15 A: Right- hand headlight,
high beam indicator light
2. HEAD LH 15 A: Left- hand headlight,
front fog lights
3. ABS NO.4 5 A: Vehicle skid control
system
4. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse
5. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse
6. SPARE 25 A: Spare fuse
7. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse
8. ALT- S 5 A: Charging system
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
346
Instrument panel
9. DCC 30 A: “DOME”, “ECU- B” and
“RADIO” fuses
10. SRS WRN 5 A: SRS warning light
11. HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights
12. A/F 25 A: Air/Fuel sensor
13. DOOR NO.2 15 A: Power door lock
system
14. HORN 10 A: Horn, theft- deterrent sys-
tem
15. AM2 10 A: SRS airbag system, multi-
port fuel injection system/sequential
multiport fuel injection system, starter
system, charging system, air/fuel sen-
sor, fuel pump
16. EFI NO.2 7.5 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injec-
tion system, air flow meter, oxygen
sensor, evaporative emission control
system, throttle positioner control sys-
tem, engine control system
17. ABS NO.3 25 A: Anti- lock brake sys-
tem
18. ABS NO.2 25 A: Vehicle skid control
system
19. EFI NO.1 15 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injec-
tion system, fuel pump
20. IG2 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
21. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: No circuit
22. HEAD LH UPR 15 A: No circuit
23. HEAD RH LWR 15 A: Right- hand
headlight (low beam)
24. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Left- hand head-
light (low beam)
25. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light sys-
tem
26. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left- hand head-
light (high beam), high beam indicator
light
27. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Right- hand
headlight (high beam)
28. ECU-IG NO.1 5 A: Electric cooling
fans
29. ECU- B 7.5 A: Air conditioning system,
theft deterrent system, power seats,
meters, power windows (for driver and
front passenger), multiplex communica-
tion system
30. TAIL 10 A: Parking lights, license plate
lights, tail lights, rear side marker
lights, rear light failure warning light,
engine control system
31. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heaters
32. FR P/W 20 A: Power window (for front
passenger)
33. GAUGE NO.1 10 A: Vehicle skid con-
trol system, rear window defogger,
cruise control system, shift lock sys-
tem, anti-lock brake system, auto anti-
glare inside rear view mirror, automatic
light control system, power seats, rear
light failure warning light, automatic
transmission indicator lights, power out-
let, power window (for driver), brake
system warning light, electric moon
roof
34. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system
35. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
347
36. TURN 7.5 A: Turn signal lights
37. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system
38. RADIO 15 A: Audio system, multi-in-
formation display
39. PANEL 5 A: Gauges and meters, audio
system, cigarette lighter, air condition-
ing system, emergency flasher, elec-
tronically controlled automatic transmis-
sion system, power rear view mirrors,
multi- information display, glove box
light, instrument panel lights, instrument
panel light control, power outlet
40. FL P/W 25 A: Power window (for driv-
er)
41. PWR OUTLET NO.1 15 A: Power out-
let (ACC)
42. ECU- ACC 5 A: Audio system, power
rear view mirrors, multi-information dis-
play, shift lock system, multiplex com-
munication system
43. SRS- ACC 10 A: SRS airbag system
44. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-
ror defoggers, engine control system
45. PWR OUTLET NO.2 15 A: Power out-
let (IG)
46. GAUGE NO.2 10 A: Back- up lights
47. OBD- II 7.5 A: On-board diagnosis sys-
tem
48. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mounted
stoplight, anti- lock brake system, shift
lock system, cruise control system, ve-
hicle skid control system, engine con-
trol system
49. DOME 7.5 A: Interior light, front per-
sonal lights, door courtesy lights, igni-
tion switch light, vanity lights, garage
door opener, open door warning light,
illuminated entry system, rear personal
lights, automatic light control system,
trunk light, wireless remote control sys-
tem, multiplex communication system
50. OPNER 5 A: No circuit
51. RL P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear
left passenger)
52. RR P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear
right passenger)
53. WIP 25 A: Windshield wipers and
washer
54. ECU-IG NO.2 10 A: Anti- lock brake
system, cruise control system, multi- in-
formation display, theft deterrent sys-
tem, vehicle skid control system, me-
ters, multiplex communication system
55. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter
56. DOOR NO.1 25 A: Theft deterrent sys-
tem, trunk opener, multiplex commu-
nication system
57. SUN ROOF 30 A: Electric moon roof
Fuses (type B)
58. AM1 40 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel injection
system
59. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system
60. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fans
61. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fans
62. MAIN 40 A: Starter system
63. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger,
noise filter
64. PWR SEAT 30 A: Power seats
Fuses (type C)
65. ABS 60 A: Anti- lock brake system,
“ABS NO.4” fuse
66. ALT 120 A: “HTR”, “A/C”, “ABS NO.2”,
“ABS NO.3”, “RDI”, “CDS”, “AM1”,
“ABS” and “ABS NO.4” fuses
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
349
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS AND UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY
GRADING
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners 350. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniform tire quality grading 350. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION
9
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
350
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately in-
form the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in
addition to notifying Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
(Toll- free: 1- 800- 331- 4331).
If NHTSA receives similar com-
plaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of ve-
hicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may ei-
ther call the Auto Safety Hotline
toll- free at 1- 800- 424- 9393 (or
366- 0123 in Washington, D.C.
area) or write to: NHTSA. U.S.
Department of Transportation.
Washington, D.C. 20590. You can
also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from the Hot-
line.
Uniform tire quality grading
This information has been prepared in ac-
cordance with regulations issued by the
National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-
tration of the U.S. Department of Trans-
portation. It provides the purchasers and/
or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire
quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any
questions you may have as you read this
information.
DOT quality grades—All passenger car
tires must conform to Federal Safety
Requirements in addition to these
grades. These quality grades are
molded on the sidewall.
Treadwear—The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the wear rate
of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and a half (1-1/2) times
as well on the government course as a
tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use, however, and may de-
part significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service prac-
tices and differences in road characteris-
tics and climate.
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners
’00 AVALON U (L/O9908)
351
Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,
B, and C, and they represent the tire’s
ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-
sured under controlled conditions on spe-
cified government test surfaces of asphalt
and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on braking (straight
ahead) traction tests and does not include
cornering (turning) traction.
Temperature A, B, C—The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
pate heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to de-
generate and reduce tire life, and exces-
sive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a lev-
el of performance which all passenger car
tires must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of perfor-
mance on the laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for this
tire are established for a tire that is prop-
erly inflated and not overloaded. Exces-
sive speed, underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in combina-
tion, can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
’00 AVALON U (L/O 9908)
352
